2005 Nissan Sentra Owners Manual

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome-ters) of driving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide” explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.

Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehiclebest. When you require any service or have anyquestions, they will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to them.

Before driving your vehicle please read this Own-er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiaritywith controls and maintenance requirements, as-sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE-MINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and complete trip foryou and your passengers!

● NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

● ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

● ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Preteenchildren should be seated in the rearseat.

● ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

● ALWAYS review this owner’s manual forimportant safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect itsperformance, safety or durability, andmay even violate governmentalregulations. In addition, damage or per-formance problems resulting frommodifications may not be covered underNISSAN warranties.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

Z REVIEW COPY—2005 Sentra (b15)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)05/13/05—root X

This manual includes information for all optionsavailable on this model. Therefore, you may findsome information that does not apply to yourvehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design without notice and with-out obligation.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to your ve-hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro-cedures must be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this”or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-tion, it means the arrow points to the front of thevehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to theseindicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thesecall attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,and certain vehicle components containor emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth de-fects or other reproductive harm. In addi-tion, certain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of component wearcontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive harm.

© 2005 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.GARDENA, CALIFORNIA

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in a retrievalsystem, or transmitted in any form, or by anymeans, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,recording or otherwise, without the prior writtenpermission of Nissan North America, Inc., Gar-dena, California.

APD1005

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

Z REVIEW COPY—2005 Sentra (b15)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)05/16/05—cathy X

Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedication toproduce the finest in safe, reliable and economicaltransportation. Your vehicle is the product of a suc-cessful worldwide company that manufactures carsand trucks in over 17 countries and distributes themin 170 nations.

NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufacturedby NISSAN Motor Co., Ltd. which was founded inTokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSAN affiliates world-wide, collectively growing to become the fifth largestautomaker in the world. In addition to cars andtrucks, NISSAN also makes forklift trucks, marineengines, boats and other diversified products.

NISSAN has made a substantial and growing in-vestment in North America. NISSAN’s commitmentis over $6 billion dollars in capital investments infacilities across the continent. Some of the facilitiesinclude the NISSAN Manufacturing facilities in Can-ton, Mississippi and in Smyrna, Tennessee, vehicle

styling design at NISSAN Design America, Inc. inSan Diego, California, and engineering at NISSANTechnical Center North America in Farmington Hills,Michigan. Additionally, NISSAN employs more than21,000 people throughout the United States,Canada, and Mexico. An additional 60,000 peoplework for the 1,250 NISSAN and INFINITI dealersacross North America.

NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to theCanadian economy. NISSAN Canada Inc., its sup-pliers and over 150 dealers employ approximately4,500 people. These include company employeesand the staffs of NISSAN dealers all across Canada.In addition, many Canadians work for companiesthat supply NISSAN and NISSAN dealers with ma-terials and services ranging from the operation ofport facilities and transportation services, to thesupply of lubricants, parts and accessories.

NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics and com-puters in automobiles, and has led the industry inimproving both performance and fuel efficiencythrough new engine designs and the use of syn-thetic materials to reduce vehicle weight. The com-pany has also developed ways to build quality into itsvehicles at each stage of the production process,both through extensive use of automation and —most importantly — through an awareness thatpeople are the central element in quality control.

From the time the parts arrived from our suppliersuntil you took delivery of your new NISSAN, dozensof checks were made to ensure that only the best jobwas being done in producing and delivering yourvehicle. NISSAN also takes great care to ensure thatwhen you take your NISSAN to your dealer formaintenance, the service technician will perform hiswork according to the quality standards that havebeen established by NISSAN.

Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. As youknow, seat belts are an integral part of the safetysystems that will help protect you and your passen-gers in the event of a sudden stop or an accident.We urge you to use the seat belts every time youdrive the vehicle.

The NISSAN story of growth and achievement re-flects our major goal: to provide you, our customer,with a vehicle that is built with quality and craftsman-ship — a product that we can be proud to build andyou can be proud to own.

WFW0002

WELCOME TO THE WORLD OF NISSAN


NISSAN CARES . . .

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your NISSANdealer cannot assist you with or you would like toprovide NISSAN directly with comments orquestions, please contact the NISSAN Con-sumer Affairs Department using our toll-freenumber:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:

– Your name, address, and telephone number

– Vehicle identification number (attached to thetop of the instrument panel on the driver’sside)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

– Your NISSAN dealer’s name

– Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, California 90248-0191

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM


Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10


0 Illustrated table of contents

Airbags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10


1. Supplemental front impact air bags(P. 1-32)

2. Supplemental side impact air bag(P. 1-32)

3. Seat belt pretensioners (P. 1-41)4. Front seat belts (P. 1-6)5. Rear seat belts (P. 1-6)6. Top tether strap anchor (P. 1-23)7. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) (P. 1-22)8. Seats (P. 1-2)9. Head restraints (P. 1-5)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LII0007

AIRBAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents


1. Engine hood (P. 3-9)2. Headlight and turn signal switch

(P. 2-18)3. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-35)4. Windshield wiper and washer switch

(P. 2-16)5. Windshield (P. 8-26)6. Sunroof (P. 2-28)7. Power windows (P. 2-25)8. Door locks, keyfob, keys

(P. 3-3, 3-6, 3-2)9. Mirrors (P. 3-14)10. Tire pressure (P. 8-38)11. Flat tire (P. 6-2)12. Tire chains (P. 8-45)13. Fog light switch (P. 2-20)14. Tie down/towing hooks (P. 6-12)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LII0009

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3


1. Rear window defroster switch (P. 2-17)2. Vehicle loading (P. 9-13)3. Trunk lid (P. 3-10)4. Interior trunk lid release (P. 3-11)5. Tie-down/towing hook (P. 6-12)6. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-35)7. Fuel filler cap, fuel recommendation

(P. 3-12, P. 9-3)8. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-12)9. Child safety locks (P. 3-5)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LII0010

EXTERIOR REAR



1. Inside mirror (P. 3-14)2. Map lights (if so equipped) (P. 2-30)3. Sun visors (P. 3-14)4. Glove box (P. 2-24)5. Sunroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-28)6. Front seat (P. 1-2)7. Rear seat (P. 1-4)8. Rear cup holders (if so equipped)

(P. 2-23)9. Console box (if so equipped) (P. 2-24)10. Front cup holders (P. 2-23)11. Park brake, parking on hills

(P. 5-13, P. 5-17)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LII0008

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT



1. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turn signal switch (P. 2-18)

2. Meters/gauges (P. 2-3)3. Windshield wiper/washer switch

(P. 2-16)4. Heater/air conditioner control

(if so equipped) (P. 4-2)5. Storage compartment (if so equipped)

(P. 2-25)6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 2-20)7. Center ventilators (P. 4-2)8. Passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-32)9. Glove box (P. 2-24)10. Pocket (P. 2-22)11. Power outlet (P. 2-21)12. Power outlet (if so equipped) (P. 2-21)13. Audio system (if so equipped) (P. 4-10)14. Cruise control and main set switch

(if so equipped) (P. 2-20)15. Tilt steering lock lever (P. 3-14)16. Trunk release Type B (P. 3-10)17. Fuel filler door opening lever (P. 3-12)18. Driver supplemental air bag (P. 1-32)19. Hood release lever (P. 3-9)20. Fuse box cover/coin holder

(P. 8-29, 2-24)WIC0433

INSTRUMENT PANEL



21. Trunk release Type A (P. 3-10)22. Instrument brightness control switch

(P. 2-19)23. Outside mirror electric control type

switch (if so equipped) (P. 3-15)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.



QG18DE engine

1. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-11)2. Spark plug caps/ignition coils (P. 8-22)3. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-17)4. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T model)

(P. 8-18)5. Air cleaner (P. 8-23)6. Battery (P. 8-19)7. Fuse/Fusible link box (P. 8-29)8. Radiator cap (P. 8-8)9. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-11)10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-18)11. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-8)12. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-17)

WDI0024

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS



QR25DE engine

1. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-11)2. Spark plug caps (P. 8-22)3. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-17)4. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T model)

(P. 8-18)5. Air cleaner (P. 8-23)6. Battery (P. 8-19)7. Fuel/Fusible link box (P. 8-29)8. Radiator cap (P. 8-8)9. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-11)10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-18)11. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-8)12. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-17)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LDI0108



Warninglight

Name Page

or

Anti-lock brakewarning light(if so equipped)

2-9

or

Brake warninglight

2-9

Charge warninglight

2-10

Door openwarning light

2-10

Engine oil pres-sure light

2-10

Low fuel warn-ing light

2-10

Warninglight

Name Page

Low windshieldwasher fluidwarning light(if so equipped)

2-10

Seat belt warn-ing light andchime

2-10

Supplementalair bag warninglight

2-11

Indicatorlight

Name Page

CRUISE mainswitch indicatorlight (if soequipped)

2-11

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Cruise SETswitch indicatorlight (if soequipped)

2-11

High beam in-dicator light(blue)

2-11

Malfunctionindicator lamp(MIL)

2-11

Overdrive offindicator light(automatictransmissionmodels only)

2-12

Turnsignal/hazardindicator lights

2-12

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS



1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Folding rear seat (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Head restraint adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Child restraint installation on rear seat centeror outboard positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23Child restraint installation on front passengerseat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24

Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27Precautions on booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27Booster seat installation on rear seat centeror outboard positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30Booster seat installation on front passengerseat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-31

Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43


WARNING

● Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

● For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat and adjust the seat properly. See“Precautions on Seat Belt Usage” laterin this section.

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT

WARNING

● Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation. The seat may movesuddenly and could cause loss of con-trol of the vehicle.

● After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system


Forward and backwardPull the lever up and hold it while you slide theseat forward or backward to the desired position.Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

Reclining

To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and leanback. To bring the seatback forward, pull the leverup and lean your body forward. Release the leverto lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. See “Precautions on seat belt usage” laterin this section. Also, the seatback can be reclinedto allow occupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped.

WARNING

After adjustment, gently rock in the seat tomake sure it is securely locked.

WRS0175 WRS0176

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3


Seat lifter (if so equipped for driver’sseat)Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height ofthe seat cushion to the desired position.

FOLDING REAR SEAT (if soequipped)

Interior trunk access

The trunk can be accessed from the rear seat forloading and unloading, as shown.

s1 Pull the knob in the trunk to release the rearseatback.

s2 Fold down the rear seatback.

WARNING

● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-lision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

WRS0131 WRS0132



● When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched posi-tion. If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

● Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriously in-jured. Keep the car locked, with the rearseatback and trunk lid securely latchedwhen not in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys.

When using the fold down rear seatback, the rearcenter seat belt retractor may lock up and preventfolding down the seatback.

If the rear center seat belt retractor has inadvert-ently locked up, push the seat belt webbing to-ward the retractor as shown in the above illustra-tion. This will unlock the seat belt retractor andallow the rear seatback to fold down.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENTTo raise the head restraint, pull it up. To lower,push and hold the lock knob and push the headrestraint down.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjusted prop-erly as they may provide significant pro-tection against injury in an accident. Donot remove them. Check the adjustmentafter someone else uses the seat.

LRS0058 WRS0133



Adjust the head restraint so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properly ad-justed and you are sitting upright and well back inyour seat, your chances of being injured or killedin an accident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encouragesyou and all of your passengers to buckle up everytime you drive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts be wornat all times when a vehicle is being driven.

WRS0134 SSS0136

SEAT BELTS



WARNING

● Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat and, if appro-priate, in a child restraint.

WARNING

● The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in an acci-dent. Serious injury or death can occurif the seat belt is not worn properly.

SSS0134 SSS0016



WARNING

● Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck. Thebelt should be away from your face andneck, but not falling off your shoulder.

● Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries inan accident.

● Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

● Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

● Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

● Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

● If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is turnedON with all doors closed and all seatbelts fastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

● Once the pre-tensioner seat belt hasactivated, it cannot be reused and mustbe replaced together with the retractor.See your NISSAN dealer.

● Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system componentsshould be done by a NISSAN dealer.

● All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any collisionby a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recom-mends that all seat belt assemblies inuse during a collision be replaced un-less the collision was minor and thebelts show no damage and continue tooperate properly. Seat belt assembliesnot in use during a collision should alsobe inspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation is noted.

● All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after any col-lision. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s inspection instructionsand replacement recommendations.The child restraints should be replacedif they are damaged.

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available frommany other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

SSS0014



There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

● Rear facing child restraint

● Front facing child restraint

● Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 pounds (9 kg) should be placed in rearfacing child restraints. Front facing child re-straints are available for children who outgrowrear facing child restraints and are at least 1 yearold. Booster seats are used to help position avehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a front facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperly fit-ting seat belt could cause serious or fatalinjury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or terri-tories require the use of approved child restraints

for infants and small children. See “Child Re-straints” later in this section.

Also, there are other types of child restraintsavailable for larger children for additional protec-tion.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”later in this section.

InfantsInfants up to at least 1 year old should be placedin a rear facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-mends that infants be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child restraintthat fits your vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation and use.

Small ChildrenChildren that are over one year old and weighbetween 20 lbs (9 kg) and 40 lbs (18 kgs) can be

placed in a forward facing child restraint. Refer tothe manufacturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommendations.NISSAN recommends that small children beplaced in child restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choosea child restraint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.

Larger children

Children who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seat beltswhich are provided. The seat belt may not fitproperly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches(142.5 cm) tall and weighs between 40 lbs (18kg) and 80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should beused to obtain proper seat belt fit.

NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in acommercially available booster seat if the shoul-der belt in the child’s seating position fits close tothe face or neck or if the lap portion of the seatbelt goes across the abdomen. The booster seatshould raise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the top, middle por-tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on thehips. A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seat belt.The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and



have a label certifying that it complies with Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the childhas grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on ornear the face and neck, use the shoulder beltwithout the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in the cargoareas while the vehicle is moving. Thechild could be seriously injured or killed inan accident or sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low as pos-sible around the hips, not the waist. Place theshoulder belt over your shoulder and across yourchest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over yourabdominal area. Contact your doctor for specificrecommendations.

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts. Check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

● Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.

● Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

● For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat and adjust the seat belt properly.

Fastening the seat belts

s1 Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in thissection.

Manual front seat shownWRS0174



s2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.

● The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion permits the seat belt tomove, and allows you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

● If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Then smoothlypull the belt out of the retractor.

s3 Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

s4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.

The front passenger seat belt and the rear three-point seat belts have a locking mechanism forchild restraint installation. It is referred to as theautomatic locking mode or child restraint mode.

When automatic locking mode is activated theseat belt cannot be extended again until the seatbelt tongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. Once retracted, the seat belt is in the

emergency locking mode. See “Child restraints”later in this section for more information.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a passen-ger, the locking mode should not be acti-vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom-fortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely se-cured in the latched position. If they arenot completely secured, passengers maybe injured in an accident or sudden stop.

WRS0137 WRS0138



Unfastening the seat belts

s1 To unfasten the seat belt, press the button onthe buckle. The seat belt automatically re-tracts.

Checking seat belt operation

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat beltmovement by two separate methods:

● When the seat belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

● When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows.

● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any questions about seat belt opera-tion, see a NISSAN dealer.

Center of rear seatSelecting correct set of seat belts:

The center seat belt buckle is identified by theword “CENTER.”The center seat belt tongue canbe fastened only into the center seat belt buckle.

WRS0139 WRS0140



Shoulder belt height adjustment (Frontseats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-justed to the position best for you. (See “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” earlier in this section.)To adjust, pull out the adjustment button s1 andmove the shoulder belt anchor to the desiredposition s2 , so the belt passes over the center ofthe shoulder. The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul-der belt anchor into position.

WARNING

● After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move the shoul-der belt anchor up and down to makesure it is securely fixed in position.

● The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effec-tiveness of the entire restraint systemand increase the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender is available which iscompatible with the installed seat belts. The ex-tender adds approximately 8 inches (200 mm) oflength and may be used for either the driver orfront passenger seating position. See a NISSANdealer for assistance if an extender is required.

WARNING

● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, shouldbe used with NISSAN seat belts.

● Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

● Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured in a collision or a sud-den stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

● To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat beltsto dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat beltsto retract until they are completely dry.

● If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

● Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat belt as-sembly should be replaced.

LRS0242



PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

● Infants and small children should al-ways be placed in an appropriate childrestraint while riding in the vehicle.Failure to use a child restraint can re-sult in serious injury or death.

WARNING

● Infants and small children should neverbe carried on your lap. It is not possiblefor even the strongest adult to resist theforces of a severe accident. The childcould be crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do not put thesame seat belt around both your childand yourself.

● Never install a rear-facing child re-straint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. A rear-facing child restraint must only be usedin the rear seat.

● NISSAN recommends that the child re-straint be installed in the rear seat. Ac-cording to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

● An improperly installed child restraintcould lead to serious injury or death inan accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with the lap portion of a lap/shoulderseat belt. In addition, this vehicle is equipped witha universal child restraint lower anchor system,referred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) system. Some child re-straints include two rigid or webbing-mountedattachments that can be connected to theselower anchors. For details, see the “LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys-tem” later in this section.

ARS1098 WRS0256

CHILD RESTRAINTS



Child restraints for infants and small children ofvarious sizes are offered by several manufactur-ers. When selecting any child restraint, keep thefollowing points in mind:

● Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

● Check the child restraint in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

● If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

WARNING

● Improper use of a child restraint canincrease the risk or severity of injury forboth the child and other occupants ofthe vehicle.

● Follow all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installationand use. When purchasing a child re-straint, be sure to select one which willfit your child and vehicle. It may not bepossible to properly install some typesof child restraints in your vehicle.

● If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child being in-jured in a collision or a sudden stopgreatly increases.

● Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the child restraint, but asupright as possible.

● After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the belt holds therestraint in place. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25mm). If the restraint is not secure,tighten the belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

● If you must install a front facing childrestraint in the front seat, see “Childrestraint installation on front passengerseat” later in this section.

● When your child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown around incase of a sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.



CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONON REAR SEAT CENTER OROUTBOARD POSITIONS

WARNING

● The three-point seat belt in your vehicleis equipped with an automatic lockingmode retractor which must be usedwhen installing a child restraint.

● Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The re-straint could tip over or otherwise beunsecured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.

● When installing a child restraint systemin the rear center position, both thecenter seat belt connector tongue andbuckle tongue must be secured.

Front facing

When you install a child restraint in the rear seat,follow these steps:

Front Facing (center) — step 1WRS0487

Front Facing (outboard) — step 1WRS0493



s1 Position the child restraint on the seat. Al-ways follow the restraint manufacturer’s in-structions. The back of the child restraintshould be secured against the vehicle seatback. If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct child restraintfit. See “Head restraint adjustment” earlier inthis section. If the head restraint is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure to installthe head restraint when the child restraint isremoved. If the seating position does nothave an adjustable head restraint and it isinterfering with the proper child restraint fit,try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.

s2 Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

s3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the seat beltis fully retracted.

Front Facing — step 2WRS0250

Front Facing — step 3LRS0458



s4 Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

s5 Before placing the child in the child restraint,use force to push the child restraint fromside to side, and tug it forward to make surethat it is securely held in place. It should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it doesmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull againon the shoulder belt to further tighten thechild restraint. If unable to properly securethe restraint move the restraint to anotherrear seating position and try again , or try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more seat beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pull anymore belt webbing out of the retractor, theretractor is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.





Rear facingWhen you install a child restraint in the rear seat,follow these steps:

s1 Position the child restraint on the seat. Al-ways follow the restraint manufacturer’s in-structions.



Rear Facing (center) — step 1LRS0488

Rear Facing (outboard) — step 1LRS0406

Rear Facing — step 2LRS0489



s3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts to emer-gency locking mode when the seat belt isfully retracted.

s4 Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

s5 Before placing the child in the child restraint,use force to push the child restraint fromside to side, and tug it forward to make surethat it is securely held in place. It should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it doesmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull againon the shoulder belt to further tighten thechild restraint. If unable to properly securethe restraint move the restraint to anotherrear seating position and try again , or try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.






6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more seat beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pull anymore seat belt webbing out of the retractor,the retractor is in the automatic lockingmode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the beltis not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

WRS0154



LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) SYSTEM

WARNING

● Attach LATCH system compatible childrestraints only at the locations shown. Ifa child restraint is not secured properly,your child could be seriously injured orkilled in an accident.

● Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using theLATCH system anchors. The child re-straint will not be secured properly.

● The LATCH system anchors are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstance arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can be con-nected to two anchors located at certain seatingpositions in your vehicle. This system is known asthe LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-dren) system. This system may also be referred toas the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system.With this system, you do not have to use a vehicleseat belt to secure the child restraint. Your vehicle

is equipped with special anchor points that areused with LATCH system compatible child re-straints. Check your child restraint for a labelstating that it is compatible with the LATCH sys-tem. This information may also be in the childrestraint owner’s manual. If you have such a childrestraint, refer to the illustration for the seatingpositions equipped with LATCH system anchorswhich can be used to secure the child restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located at therear of the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seat back to help youlocate the LATCH system anchors.

LATCH child restraints generally require the useof a top tether strap. See “Top tether strap childrestraint” later in this section for installation in-structions.

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

When you install a LATCH system compatiblechild restraint to the lower anchor attachments,follow these steps:

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor areaand feeling to make sure there are noobstructions over the LATCH system an-chors, such as seat belt webbing or seatcushion material. The child restraint willnot be secured properly if the LATCH sys-tem anchors are obstructed.

1. To install the LATCH system compatiblechild restraint, insert the child restraintLATCH system anchor attachments into theanchor points on the seat. If the child re-straint is equipped with a top tether, see“Top tether strap child restraint” later in thissection for installation instructions.

2. After attaching the child restraint and beforeplacing the child in it, use force to push thechild restraint from side to side and tug itforward to make sure that the child restraintis securely held in place. It should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm) .

3. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use.



TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINTIf your child restraint has a top tether strap, it must besecured to one of the provided anchor points sA .First, secure the child restraint with the rear seat belt.

Remove the anchor cover sB from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind the childseat.

Secure the top tether strap to the anchor bracket.Tighten the strap according to the manufactur-er’s instructions to remove any slack.

WARNING

Child restraint anchor points are designedto withstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses.

Anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the rear parcel shelffinisher.

If you have any questions when installing atop strap child restraint on the rear seat,consult your NISSAN dealer for details.

Type AWRS0155

Type BWRS0156


Z REVIEW COPY—2005 Sentra (b15)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)05/23/05—debbie X

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

● Never install a rear-facing child re-straint in the front passenger seat.Supplemental front air bags inflate withgreat force. A rear-facing child restraintcould be struck by the supplementalfront air bag in a crash and could seri-ously injure or kill your child.

● NISSAN recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the front pas-senger seat, move the passenger seatto the rearmost position.

● A child restraint with a top tether strapshould not be used in the front passen-ger seat.

● The three-point seat belt in your vehicleis equipped with an automatic lockingmode retractor which must be usedwhen installing a child restraint.

● Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The re-straint could tip over or otherwise beunsecured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.

WRS0256 WRS0378



If you must install a child restraint in the front seat,follow these steps:

s1 Position the child restraint on the front pas-senger seat. It should be placed in afront-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Adjust thehead restraint to its highest position. Alwaysfollow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions. Child restraints for infantsmust be used in the rear-facing direc-tion and therefore must not be used inthe front seat.

The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seat back. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the head re-straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit.See “Head restraint adjustment” earlier inthis section. If the head restraint is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure to installthe head restraint when the child restraint isremoved. If the seating position does nothave an adjustable head restraint and it isinterfering with the proper child restraint fit,try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.







s3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts to emer-gency locking mode when the seat belt isfully retracted.

s4 Allow the seat belt to retract slightly. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

s5 Before placing the child in the child restraint,use force to push the child restraint fromside to side, and tug it forward to make surethat it is securely held in place. It should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it doesmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull againon the shoulder belt to further tighten thechild restraint. If unable to properly securethe restraint move the restraint to anotherseating position and try again , or try a differ-ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit inall types of vehicles.






6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more seat beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pull anymore belt webbing out of the retractor, theretractor is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTERSEATS

WARNING

● Infants and small children should al-ways be placed in an appropriate childrestraint while riding in the vehicle.Failure to use a child restraint orbooster seat can result in serious injuryor death.

● Infants and small children should neverbe carried on your lap. It is not possiblefor even the strongest adult to resist theforces of a severe accident. The childcould be crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do not put thesame seat belt around both your childand yourself.

● NISSAN recommends that the boosterseat be installed in the rear seat. Ac-cording to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

● A booster seat must only be installed ina seating position that has alap/shoulder belt. Failure to use athree-point type seat belt with abooster seat can result in a serious in-jury in sudden stop or collision.

● An improperly installed booster seatcould lead to serious injury or death inan accident.

BOOSTER SEATS



WARNING

● Do not use towels, books, pillows orother items in place of a booster seat.Items such as these may move duringnormal driving or a collision and resultin serious injury or death. Booster seatsare designed to be used with alap/shoulder belt. Booster seats are de-signed to properly route the lap andshoulder portions of the seat belt overthe strongest portions of a child’s bodyto provide the maximum protection dur-ing a collision.

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

● Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

● Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

● Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seat back must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if a

low back booster seat s1 is chosen, thevehicle seat back must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seat back islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat s2 should be used.

● If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible with yourchild. Always follow all recommended pro-cedures.

LRS0455 LRS0453 LRS0452



All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

WARNING

● Improper use of a booster seat can in-crease the risk or severity of injury forboth the child and other occupants ofthe vehicle.

● Follow all of the booster seat manufac-turer’s instructions for installation anduse. When purchasing a booster seat,be sure to select one which will fit yourchild and vehicle. It may not be possibleto properly install some types ofbooster seats in your vehicle.

● If the booster seat and seat belt is notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a sudden stopgreatly increases.

● Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the booster seat, but asupright as possible.

● After placing the child in the boosterseat and fastening the seat belt, makesure the shoulder portion of the belt isaway from the child’s face and neck andthe lap portion of the belt does notcross the abdomen.

● Do not put the shoulder belt behind thechild or under the child’s arm. If youmust install a booster seat in the frontseat, see “Booster seat installation onfront passenger seat” later in thissection.

● When your booster seat is not in use,keep it secured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown around incase of a sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a booster seat left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the boosterseat.



BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ONREAR SEAT CENTER OROUTBOARD POSITIONS

CAUTION

Do not use a lap/shoulder belt automaticlocking mode when using a booster seatwith the seat belts. When you install abooster seat in the rear seat follow thesesteps:

1. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a front facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions.

2. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable. If neces-sary, adjust or remove the head restraint toobtain the correct booster seat fit. See“Head restraint adjustment” earlier in thissection. If the head restraint is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure to installthe head restraint when the booster seat isremoved. If the seating position does nothave an adjustable head restraint and it isinterfering with the proper booster seat fit,try another seating position or a differentbooster seat.

3. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions for adjusting the belt routing.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting thebelt routing.

5. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in the “Three-point seat belt withretractor” earlier in this section.

Outboard positionLRS0452

Center positionLRS0465



BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ONFRONT PASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

NISSAN recommends that child restraintsbe installed in the rear seat. However, ifyou must install a booster seat in the frontpassenger seat, move the passenger’sseat to the rearmost position.

If you must install a booster seat in the front seat,follow these steps:

1. Move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a front facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions.

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable. If neces-sary, adjust or remove the head restraint toobtain the correct booster seat fit. See“Head restraint adjustment” earlier in thissection. If the head restraint is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure to installthe head restraint when the booster seat isremoved. If the seating position does nothave an adjustable head restraint and it isinterfering with the proper booster seat fit,try another seating position or a differentbooster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions for adjusting the belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting thebelt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in the “Three-point seat belt withretractor” earlier in this section.

LRS0454



PRECAUTIONS ONSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec-tion contains important information concerningthe driver and passenger supplemental front airbags, supplemental side air bags and preten-sioner seat belts.

Supplemental front impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impact force tothe head and chest of the driver and front pas-senger in certain frontal collisions.

Supplemental side-impact air bag system(if so equipped): This system can help cushionthe impact force to the head and chest area of thedriver and front passenger in certain side impactcollisions. The supplemental side air bag is de-signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protection pro-vided by the driver and front passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and the driverand front passenger seated a suitable distanceaway from the steering wheel, instrument panel

and front door finishers. (See “Seat belts” earlierin this section for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ON orSTART position.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM



WARNING

● The supplemental front air bags ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of aside impact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity frontal collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

● The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat. The front air bags inflate withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways or outof position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in a crash.You may also receive serious or fatalinjuries from the supplemental front airbag if you are up against it when itinflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Always use the seat belts.

● Keep hands on the outside of the steer-ing wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk that they are injured when thesupplemental front air bag inflates.

WRS0031



WARNING

● Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.

ARS1133 ARS1041



ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044



WARNING

● Children may be severely injured orkilled when the supplemental front airbags inflate if they are not properly re-strained. Pre-teens and children shouldbe properly restrained in the rear seat, ifpossible.

WARNING

● Never install a rear facing child restraintin the front seat. An inflating supple-mental front air bag could seriously in-jure or kill your child. See “Child re-straints” earlier in this section fordetails.

WARNING

Supplemental side air bag (if so equipped):

● The supplemental side air bag ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of afrontal impact, rear impact or lower se-verity side collision. Always wear yourseat belt to help reduce the risk or se-verity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

ARS1045 WRS0256 SSS0101



● The seat belts and the supplementalside air bag are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat. The side air bag inflates withgreat force. Do not allow anyone toplace their hand, leg or face near theside air bag on the side of the seatbackof the front seat. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seat to extend theirhand out of the window or lean againstthe door.

● When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the front seat.If the side air bag inflates, you may beseriously injured. Be especially carefulwith children, who should always beproperly restrained. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.

● Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withsupplemental side air bag inflation.

WRS0032 SSS0159



1. Supplemental front air bag modules2. Supplemental side-impact air bag mod-

ules (if so equipped)3. Satellite sensors (if so equipped)4. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractor5. Diagnosis sensor unit

Supplemental front air bag system

The driver supplemental front air bag is located inthe center of the steering wheel. The passengersupplemental front air bag is mounted in thedashboard above the glove box.

These systems are designed to meet optionalcertification requirements under U.S. regulations.

They are also permitted in Canada. The optionalcertification allows the front air bags to be de-signed to inflate somewhat less forcefully thanpreviously. However, all of the information,cautions and warnings in this manual stillapply and must be followed.

The supplemental front air bag system is de-signed to inflate in higher severity frontal colli-sions, although it may inflate if the forces in an-other type of collision are similar to those of ahigher severity frontal impact. It may not inflate incertain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lackof it) is not always an indication of proper supple-mental front air bag system operation.

SSS0162 WRS0135



When the supplemental front air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed by therelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should be taken tonot inhale it, as it may cause irritation and chok-ing. Those with a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with the use ofseat belts, help to cushion the impact force onthe face and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating front air bag may causefacial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bagsdo not provide restraint to the lower body.

Seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. The supplemental front air bags in-flate quickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of the frontair bag inflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to, or is against, thefront air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The supplemental front air bags operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ONor START position.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

● Do not place any objects on the steer-ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objectsbetween any occupant and the steeringwheel or instrument panel. Such ob-jects may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the supplemen-tal front air bag inflates.

● Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you may se-verely burn yourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. This isto prevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

● Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or front end structure.This could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental front air bag system.

● Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel and theinstrument panel assembly by placingmaterial over the steering wheel padand above the instrument panel or byinstalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

● Work on and around the supplementalfront air bag system should be done bya NISSAN dealer. Installation of electri-cal equipment should also be done by aNISSAN dealer. The Supplemental Re-straint System (SRS) wiring should notbe modified or disconnected. Unautho-rized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be used onthe air bag system.

● A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshield couldaffect the function of the supplementalair bag system.



● The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental front airbag system and guide the buyer to the appropri-ate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Supplemental side-impact air bagsystem (if so equipped)

The supplemental side-impact air bags are lo-cated in the outside of the seatback of the frontseats. The supplemental side air bag (on thedriver or front passenger seat) is designed toinflate in higher severity side collisions, althoughit may inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higher severityside impact. It is designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted. It may not inflate incertain side collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack ofit) is not always an indication of proper supple-mental side air bag operation.

When the supplemental side air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed by re-lease of smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should be taken tonot inhale it, as it may cause irritation and chok-ing. Those with a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental side air bags, along with the use ofseat belts, help to cushion the impact force onthe head and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating side air bag may causeabrasions or other injuries. Side air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the supplemental side airbag. The side air bag inflates quickly in order tohelp protect the front occupants. Because of this,the force of the side air bag inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, oris against, the side air bag module during infla-tion. The side air bag will deflate quickly after acollision.

The supplemental side air bags operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ONor START position.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning

LRS0020



light illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

● Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do notplace any objects (an umbrella, bag,etc.) between the front door finisherand the front seat. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles andcause injury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

● Right after inflation, several supple-mental side air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental side air bag system.This is to prevent accidental inflation ofthe side air bag or damage to the sideair bag system.

● Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of theside air bag system.

● Tampering with the supplemental sideair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing mate-rial near the seatbacks or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, around the side air bag.

● Work around and on the supplementalside air bag system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of electricalequipment should also be done by aNISSAN dealer. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified or dis-connected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the side air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental side airbag system and guide the buyer to the appropri-ate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (frontseats)

WARNING

● The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot bereused after activation. It must be re-placed together with the retractor andbuckle as a unit.

● If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but the pre-tensioner isnot activated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, if nec-essary, replaced by your NISSANdealer.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pre-tensioner seat belt system. Thisis to prevent accidental activation ofthe pre-tensioner seat belt or damageto the pre-tensioner seat belt operation.Tampering with the pre-tensioner seatbelt system may result in serious per-sonal injury.



● Work around and on the pre-tensionersystem should be done by a NISSANdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by a NISSANdealer. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pre-tensioner seatbelt system.

● If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct pre-tensionerdisposal procedures are set forth in theappropriate NISSAN Service Manual.Incorrect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt systemactivates in conjunction with the supplemental airbag systems. Working with the seat belt retrac-tor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehiclebecomes involved in certain types of collisions,helping to restrain front seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seat belt’sretractor. These seat belts are used the same asconventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warninglight will flash intermittently after the igni-tion key is turned to the ON or START position. Inthis case, the pre-tensioner seat belt will notfunction properly. They must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestNISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem and guide the buyer to the appropriatesections in this Owner’s Manual.

1. SRS Air Bag Warning Labels2. SRS Side Air Bag Warning Labels (if

so equipped)SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELSWarning labels about the supplemental front airbag and supplemental side air bag (if soequipped) systems are placed in the vehicle asshown in the illustation.

WRS0169



SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel, moni-tors the circuits of the supplemental front airbags, pre-tensioner seat belt and supplementalside air bag (if so equipped) systems. The circuitsmonitored by the supplemental air bag warninglight are the diagnosis sensor unit, supplementalair bag modules, pre-tensioner seat belts and allrelated wiring.

When the ignition key is in the ON or STARTposition, the supplemental air bag warning light

illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental side airbag and pre-tensioner seat belt systems needservicing:

● The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

● The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplemental frontair bag, supplemental side air bag or pre-tensioner seat belt systems may not operateproperly. It must be checked and repaired. Takeyour vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supplementalfront air bag or supplemental side air bagsystem will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

Repair and replacement procedure

The supplemental front air bags, pre-tensionerseat belts and supplemental side air bags (if soequipped) are designed to inflate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged,the supplemental air bag warning light remainsilluminated after inflation has occurred. Repairand replacement of these supplemental air bagsystems should be done only by a NISSANdealer.

When maintenance work is required on the ve-hicle, the supplemental front air bags, supple-mental side air bags (if so equipped), pre-tensioner seat belts and related parts should bepointed out to the person performing the mainte-nance. The ignition key should always be in theLOCK position when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

LRS0100



WARNING

● Once a supplemental front air bag orsupplemental side air bag has inflated,the air bag module will not functionagain and must be replaced. Addition-ally, if any of the supplemental front airbags inflate, the activated pre-tensioner seat belts must also be re-placed. The air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt system should bereplaced by a NISSAN dealer. The airbag module and pre-tensioner seat beltsystem cannot be repaired.

● The supplemental front air bag andsupplemental side air bag systemsshould be inspected by a NISSANdealer if there is any damage to thefront end or side portion of the vehicle,or replaced if the supplemental air baghas inflated.

● If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag, pre-tensioner seat beltsystem or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct supplementalair bag and pre-tensioner seat belt sys-tem disposal procedures are set forth inthe appropriate NISSAN ServiceManual. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.



2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Trip computer (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tachometer (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . 2-9Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12

Security systems (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Vehicle security system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-13NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16

Rear window defroster switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Daytime running light system (Canada only) . . . . . . 2-19

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22

Sunglasses holder (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23Map pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24Coin box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24Console box (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Instrument panel storage (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 2-25

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25Power windows (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Manual windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27

Sunroof (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Electric sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Map lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30


1. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turn signal switch (P. 2-18)

2. Meters/gauges (P. 2-3)3. Windshield wiper/washer switch

(P. 2-16)4. Heater/air conditioner control (if so

equipped) (P. 4-2)5. Storage compartment (if so equipped)

(P. 2-25)6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 2-20)7. Center ventilators (P. 4-2)8. Passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-32)9. Glove box (P. 2-24)10. Pocket (P. 2-22)11. Power outlet (P. 2-21)12. Power outlet (if so equipped) (P. 2-21)13. Audio system (if so equipped) (P. 4-10)14. Cruise control and main set switch

(if so equipped) (P. 5-14)15. Tilt steering lock lever (P. 3-14)16. Trunk release Type B (P. 3-10)17. Fuel filler lid opening lever (P. 3-12)18. Driver supplemental air bag (P. 1-32)19. Hood release lever (P. 3-9)20. Fuse box cover/coin holder

(P. 8-29, 2-24)WIC0433

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls


21. Trunk release Type A (P. 3-10)22. Instrument brightness control switch

(P. 2-19)23. Outside mirror electric control type

switch (if so equipped) (P. 3-15)See the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

1. Fuel gauge2. Speedometer3. Warning/indicator lights4. Tachometer (if so equipped)5. Engine coolant temperature gauge

6. Change button for twin trip odometer/trip computer (if so equipped)

7. Odometer/twin trip odometer/trip computer (if so equipped)

LIC0796

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3


SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer s1 indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour(km/h).

Type AWIC0477

Type BLIC0479

Type CLIC0480



Odometer/Twin trip odometerThe odometer/twin trip odometer s2 is displayedwhen the ignition key is in the ON position.

The odometer records the total distance the ve-hicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:

For vehicles equipped with twin trip odometer,pushing the change button s3 changes the dis-play as follows:

ODO (odometer) → Trip → Trip →ODO

For vehicles equipped with trip computer, push-ing the change button s3 changes the display asfollows:

Trip → Trip → Outside air tempera-ture → Distance to Empty → Average fuel con-sumption → Average speed → Journey time →Trip

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec-ond resets the trip odometer to zero.

TRIP COMPUTER (if so equipped)

The display of the trip computer is situated in thespeedometer display. When the ignition is turnedto ON, the display scrolls all the modes of the tripcomputer and then shows the mode chosen be-fore the ignition switch was turned OFF.

When the ignition switch is turned to ON, modesof the trip computer can be selected by pushingthe trip computer change button. The followingmodes can be selected:

Outside air temperature (ICY-°F or °C)The outside air temperature is displayed in °F or °C.

The outside air temperature mode includes a lowtemperature warning feature: below 37°F (3°C),the outside air temperature mode is automaticallyselected and ICY will illuminate in order to drawthe driver’s attention. Press the change button totoggle to the next mode, if desired. The ICYindicator will remain illuminated as long as thetemperature remains below 39°F (4°C).

The ambient temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may be affectedby road or engine heat, wind directions and otherdriving conditions. The display may differ from the

Twin trip odometerWIC0494

Trip computerWIC0601



actual ambient temperature or the temperaturedisplayed on various signs or billboards.

Distance to empty (dte—mile or km)The distance to empty (dte) mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that can bedriven before refueling. The dte is constantly be-ing calculated, based on the amount of fuel in thefuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature: when the fuel level is low, the dte mode isautomatically selected and the digits blink in or-der to draw the driver’s attention. Press thechange button if you wish to return to the modethat was selected before the warning occurred.The dte mark (dte) will remain blinking until thevehicle is refueled.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to (----).

NOTE:

● If the amount of fuel added while theignition switch is OFF is small, the displayjust before the ignition switch is turnedOFF may continue to be displayed.

● When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

Average fuel consumption (Mpg orl/100km)The average fuel consumption mode shows theaverage fuel consumption since the last reset.Resetting is done by pressing the change buttonfor more than approximately 1 second. The dis-play is updated every 30 seconds. At about thefirst 1/3 miles (500 m) after a reset, the displayshows (----).

Average speed (MPH or km/h)The average speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since last reset. Resetting is doneby pressing the change button for more thanapproximately 1 second. The display is updatedevery 30 seconds. The first 30 seconds after areset, the display shows (----).

Journey timeThe journey time mode shows the time since thelast reset. The displayed time can be reset bypressing the change button for more than ap-proximately 1 second.

NOTE:

If a low temperature warning and low rangewarning occur simultaneously, other dis-play modes switch automatically to theoutside temperature display.

TACHOMETER (if so equipped)The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo-lutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev engine intothe red zone s1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause seriousengine damage.

Type ALIC0482



ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-ture. The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range s1 when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates coolant tempera-ture near the hot (H) end of the normalrange, reduce vehicle speed to decreasetemperature. If the gauge is over the nor-mal range, stop the vehicle as soon assafely possible. If the engine is over-heated, continued operation of the ve-hicle may seriously damage the engine.See “If your vehicle overheats” in the “Incase of emergency”section for immediateaction required.

Type BWIC0797

Type AWIC0483

Type BWIC0234



FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after theignition key is turned to OFF.

The low fuel warning light comes on when theamount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters E (Empty).

The indicates that the fuel filler lid islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

● If the vehicle runs out of fuel,

the malfunction indicator lamp

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon aspossible. After a few driving trips,

the lamp should turn off. If the

lamp remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected by aNISSAN dealer.

● For additional information, see “Mal-function indicator lamp (MIL)” later inthis section.

Type AWIC0484

Type BWIC0798



or Anti-lock brake warning light (ifso equipped)

Low fuel warning light Cruise SET switch indicator light (if soequipped)

or Brake warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light (if soequipped)

High beam indicator light (Blue)

Charge warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

Door open warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Overdrive off indicator light (automatic trans-mission models only)

Engine oil pressure warning light CRUISE main switch indicator light (if soequipped)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

CHECKING BULBS

With all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand turn the ignition key to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on:

, or , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff:

, or

If any light fails to come on, it may indicatea burned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.

WARNING LIGHTSor Anti-lock brake

warning light (if soequipped)

If the light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the anti-lock brake system is notfunctioning properly. Have the system checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, the anti-lock function ceases, but the regular brakingsystem continues to operate.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact a NISSAN dealer for repair.

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brake andthe foot brake systems.

When the ignition key is in the ON position, thelight comes on when the parking brake is applied,and also warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS



2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thebrake system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

● Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on. Driv-ing could be dangerous. If you judge itto be safe, drive carefully to the nearestservice station for repairs. Otherwise,have your vehicle towed because driv-ing it could be dangerous.

● Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

● If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is not func-tioning properly. Turn the engine off and checkthe generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken,missing, or if the light remains on, see a NISSANdealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the generatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doors are notclosed securely while the ignition key is in the ONposition.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or comes on during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. See “Engine oil” inthe “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could cause se-rious damage to the engine almost imme-diately. Such damage is not covered bywarranty. Turn off the engine as soon as itis safe to do so.

Low fuel warning light

This light comes on when the fuel level in the fueltank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is conve-nient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E(Empty). There will be a small reserve of fuelin the tank when the fuel gauge needlereaches E (Empty).

Low windshield washer fluidwarning light (if so equipped)

This light comes on when the windshield washerfluid is at a low level. Add windshield washer fluidas necessary. See “Window washer fluid” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten yourseat belts. The light illuminates whenever the



ignition key is turned to the ON or START positionand remains illuminated until the driver’s seat beltis fastened. At the same time, the chime soundsfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat beltis securely fastened.

Refer to “Seat belts” in the “Safety—Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sectionfor precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglight

When the ignition key is in the ON or STARTposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightilluminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental side airbag (if so equipped) or pre-tensioner seat beltsystems need servicing and your vehicle must betaken to a NISSAN dealer:

● The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

● The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplementalrestraint system (air bag system) and/or the pre-tensioner seat belts may not function properly.For additional details see “Supplemental restraintsystem” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section of thismanual.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supplementalfront air bag or supplemental side air bagsystem (if so equipped) and/or pre-tensioner seat belt system will not oper-ate in an accident. To help avoid injury toyourself or others, have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Cruise main switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on when the cruise control mainswitch is pushed. The light goes out when themain switch is pushed again. When the cruisemain switch indicator light comes on, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruise control system. If the lightblinks while the engine is running, it may indicatethe cruise control system is not functioning prop-erly. Have the system checked by a NISSANdealer.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This blue light comes on when the headlight highbeams are on and goes out when the low beamsare selected.

The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)

If this indicator lamp comes on steady or blinkswhile the engine is running, it may indicate apotential emission control malfunction.

The malfunction indicator lamp may also come onsteady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing, or ifthe vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make surethe fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly,and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons (11.4liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.



After a few driving trips, the lamp shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

If this indicator lamp comes on steady for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds whenthe engine is not running, it indicates that thevehicle is not ready for an emission control sys-tem inspection/maintenance test. See “Readi-ness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test” in the“Technical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will come on inone of two ways:

● Malfunction indicator lamp on steady — Anemission control system malfunction hasbeen detected. Check the fuel filler cap. Ifthe fuel filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The lamp should turn off aftera few driving trips. If the lamp doesnot turn off after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. Youdo not need to have your vehicle towed tothe dealer.

● Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system. To re-duce or avoid emission control system dam-age:

– do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

– avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

– avoid steep uphill grades.

– if possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinkingand come on steady. Have the vehicle inspectedby a NISSAN dealer. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without hav-ing the emission control system checkedand repaired as necessary could lead topoor driveability, reduced fuel economy,and possible damage to the emission con-trol system.

Overdrive off indicator light(automatic transmissionmodels only)

This light comes on when the overdrive functionis OFF.

The automatic transmission overdrive function iscontrolled by the overdrive switch.

See “Driving the vehicle” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The appropriate light flashes when the turn signalswitch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turnedon.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings.When a brake pad requires replacement, itmakes a high pitched scraping sound when thevehicle is in motion, whether or not the brakepedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the warning sound is heard.



Key reminder chimeA chime sounds if the driver’s door is openedwhile the key is left in the ignition switch. Removethe key and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch in the OFF position, achime sounds when the driver’s door is opened ifthe headlights or parking lights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off before leav-ing the vehicle.

Your vehicle may have two types of security sys-tems:

● Vehicle security system (if so equipped)

● NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System —NVIS (if so equipped)

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if soequipped)

The vehicle security system provides visual andaudible alarm signals if someone opens the doorsor trunk lid when the system is armed. It is not,however, a motion detection type system thatactivates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior orexterior vehicle components in all situations. Al-ways secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your keys in the ignition,and always lock the vehicle when unattended. Beaware of your surroundings, and park in secure,well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection, suchas component locks, identification markers, andtracking systems, are available at auto supplystores and specialty shops. Your NISSAN dealermay also offer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may be eligiblefor discounts for various theft protection features.LIC0301

SECURITY SYSTEMS (if so equipped)



Security indicator light (Vehiclesecurity system)The security indicator light s1 is located on theinstrument panel near the windshield.

The security indicator light shows the status ofthe vehicle security system.

The light operates whenever the ignition switch isin the LOCK, OFF, or ACC position.

The vehicle security system has four phases. Foreach phase the operation of the security indicatorlight is different.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows. (The system can bearmed even if the windows are open.)

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close the trunk lid and all doors. Lock alldoors. The doors can be locked with the keyor with the keyfob.

Keyfob operation:

● Push the button on the keyfob.All doors lock. The hazard lights flashtwice and the horn beeps once to indicateall doors are locked.

● When the button is pushed withall doors locked, the hazard lights flashtwice and the horn beeps once as a re-minder that the doors are already locked.

The horn may or may not beep once. Refer to“Silencing the horn beep feature” later in thissection.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicator lightcomes on. The SECURITY light stays on forabout 30 seconds. The vehicle security sys-tem is now pre-armed. After about 30 sec-onds the vehicle security system automati-cally shifts into the armed phase. TheSECURITY light begins to flash once every 3seconds. If, during the 30-second pre-armtime period, the door is unlocked by the keyor the keyfob, or the ignition key is turned toACC or ON, the system will not arm.

WIC0237

LIC0053



● If the key is turned slowly when lockingthe door, the system may not arm. Fur-thermore, if the key is turned exces-sively to the unlock position, the sys-tem may be disarmed when the key isremoved. If the indicator light fails toglow for 30 seconds, unlock the dooronce and lock it again.

● Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willarm with all doors and trunk lid closedand locked with the ignition key in theOFF position.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give the followingalarm:

● The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

● The alarm automatically turns off after about50 seconds. However, the alarm reactivatesif the vehicle is tampered with again. Thealarm can be shut off by unlocking a door ortrunk lid with the key, or by pressingthe button on the keyfob.

The alarm is activated by:

● opening the door or trunk lid without usingthe key or keyfob (even if the door is un-

locked by releasing the door inside lockswitch) .

● opening the trunk lid by operating theopener lever.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm stops only by unlocking a door or thetrunk lid with the key, or by pressing thebutton on the keyfob.

The alarm does not stop if the ignitionswitch is turned to ACC or ON.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM (NVIS) (if so equipped)The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS)will not allow the engine to start without the use ofa registered NVIS key.

If the engine fails to start using a registered NVISkey (for example, when interference is caused byanother NVIS key, an automated toll road deviceor automatic payment device on the key ring),restart the engine using the following proce-dures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition, and wait approximately 10 sec-onds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered NVIS key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec-ommends placing the registered NVIS key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.

Statement related to Section 15 of FCCRules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem (CONT ASSY — IMMOBILIZER, ANTASSY — IMMOBILIZER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE-SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULDVOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER-ATE THE EQUIPMENT.



Security indicator light (NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System)

The security indicator light s1 is located on theinstrument panel near the windshield.

The security indicator light blinks every 3 sec-onds whenever the ignition switch is in theLOCK, OFF or ACC position. This function indi-cates the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System(NVIS) is operational.

If the NVIS is malfunctioning, the light will remainon while the ignition key is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer for

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser-vice as soon as possible. Please bring allNVIS keys that you have when visiting yourNISSAN dealer for service.

SWITCH OPERATION

The windshield wiper and washer operates whenthe ignition key is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

s1 Intermittent (if so equipped) — intermittentoperation can be adjusted by turning theknob toward sA (Slower) or sB (Faster).

s2 Low — continuous low speed operation

s3 High — continuous high speed operation

WIC0237Type A

WIC0639

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH



Pull the lever toward you s4 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate several times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the windshield andobscure your vision which may lead to anaccident. Warm the windshield with thedefroster before you wash the windshield.

CAUTION

● Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

● Do not operate the washer if the reser-voir tank is empty.

● Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.

● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not use the window washer reservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concen-trate and water. To defrost the rear window glass, start the engine

and push the rear window defroster switch on.The rear window defroster indicator light on theswitch comes on. Push the switch again to turnthe defroster off.

The rear window defroster automatically turns offafter approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or dam-age the rear window defroster.

Type BWIC0640 WIC0434

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH



HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

Lighting

s1 When turning the switch to the posi-tion, the front parking, tail, license plate andinstrument panel lights come on.

s2 When turning the switch to the posi-tion, the headlights come on and all the otherlights remain on.

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

Headlight beam select

s1 To select the high beam function, push thelever forward. The high beam lights come onand the light illuminates.

s2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam.

s3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes theheadlight high beams on and off.

Type AWIC0242

Type BWIC0243 WIC0244

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH



DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM(Canada only)The headlights automatically illuminate at a re-duced intensity when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytime runninglights operate with the headlight switch in theOFF position or in the position. Turn theheadlight switch to the position for fullillumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engine isstarted, the daytime running lights do not illumi-nate. The daytime running lights illuminate whenthe parking brake is released. The daytime run-ning lights will remain on until the ignition switchis turned off.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are noton. It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself and others.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLThe instrument brightness control operates whenthe headlight control switch is in theor position.

Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru-ment panel lights when driving at night.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

s1 Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signal

s2 To signal a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where the indicator lightbegins to flash, but the lever does not latch.

WIC0246 WIC0245



FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)To turn the front fog lights on, rotate the switch tothe position.

To turn them off, rotate the switch to the OFFposition.

The headlights must be on and the low beamsselected for the fog lights to operate. The foglights automatically turn off when the high beamheadlights are selected.

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING

● If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

● Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unlessunusual circumstances force you todrive so slowly that your vehicle mightbecome a hazard to other traffic.

● Turn signals do not work when the haz-ard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignition switchin any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

WIC0247 WIC0248

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH



To sound the horn, push the center pad area ofthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front air bagsystem may result in serious personalinjury.

The power outlets are for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones. Theyare rated at 12 Volt, 120W (10A) maximum.

CAUTION

● The outlet and plug may be hot duringor immediately after use.

● The power outlets are not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter.

● Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

● Use power outlets with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

WIC0249Instrument panel

WIC0250

Console (if so equipped)WIC0251

HORN POWER OUTLET



● Avoid using power outlets when the airconditioner, headlights or rear windowdefroster is on.

● Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned OFF.

● Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug mayoverheat or the internal temperaturefuse may open.

● When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water to contact theoutlet.

SUNGLASSES HOLDER (if soequipped)

To open the sunglasses holder, push and release.

WARNING

● The sunglasses holder should not beused while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

● Keep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to prevent an accident.

CAUTION

● Do not use for anything other thansunglasses.

● Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage thesunglasses.

WIC0253

STORAGE



CUP HOLDERS

FrontThe right side cup holder has an adapter that canbe removed to accommodate larger cups. Twistthe adapter counterclockwise and pull up to re-move it.

WARNING

The cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

Rear (if so equipped)To open, pull the cup holder out fully. To close,push the cup holder in fully.

CAUTION

● Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger.

● Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

MAP POCKETSWIC0303 WIC0254 LIC0799



GLOVE BOXOpen the glove box by pulling the handle.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

COIN BOX

WARNING

The coin box should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

CONSOLE BOX (if so equipped)

WARNING

The center console box should not beused while driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

The console box can store compact discs. Abusiness card holder and a tissue holder are alsocontained within the console box.

To open the console box lid:

s1 Pull up on the lever.

s2 Lift the console lid.

WIC0255 WIC0256 WIC0257



INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE (ifso equipped)

To open the storage tray, push and release. Thestorage tray will automatically move to the openposition.

● The inside of the storage tray can get hot. Donot place objects inside which can melt orbe easily deformed.

WARNING

● The storage tray should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

● Keep the tray lid closed while driving tohelp prevent contents from becomingprojectiles causing injury in an accidentor during a sudden stop.

POWER WINDOWS (if so equipped)

WARNING

● Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehicle whileit is in motion and before closing thewindows. Use the window lock switchto prevent unexpected use of the powerwindows.

● Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls and becometrapped in a window. Unattended chil-dren could become involved in seriousaccidents.

WIC0258

WINDOWS



1. Power door lock switch2. Window lock button3. Front passenger side4. Right rear passenger side5. Left rear passenger side6. Driver side automatic switchDriver’s side power window switchThe power windows operate only when the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

To open the driver side window, push the driver’sside automatic switch down until the desiredwindow position is reached. To close the window,lift the switch up. The driver side control panel isequipped with switches to open or close all thewindows.

Front passenger power window switchThe passenger window switch operates only thecorresponding passenger window. To open thewindow, push the switch and hold it down s1 . Toclose the window, pull the switch up s2 .

WIC0259 WIC0260



Rear power window switchThe rear passenger window switches open orclose only the corresponding passenger window.To open the window, push the switch and hold itdown s1 . To close the window, pull the switch ups2 .

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the window lock button is depressed, onlythe driver side window can be opened or closed.Push it again to cancel the window lock function.

Automatic operationTo fully open the driver window, press the driverwindow switch down to the second detent andrelease it; it need not be held. The window auto-matically opens all the way. To stop the window,lift the switch up while the window is opening.

MANUAL WINDOWSThe side windows can be opened or closed byturning the hand crank on each door.

WIC0261 WIC0262 WIC0263



ELECTRIC SUNROOF

This sunroof only operates with the ignitionswitch in the ON position.

NOTE:

If the battery is discharged or is discon-nected, the sunroof may not operate cor-rectly, and must be reset.

From any sunroof position (full open, partiallyopen, closed, partially vented and vented), pushand hold the button in the forward position untilthe sunroof vents in the full-up position. Thisresets the sunroof motor memory and now thesunroof will operate correctly.

Sliding the sunroof

To open the sunroof, push and hold the switchtoward DOWN/OPEN. The sunroof will stopwhen the switch is released or when the sunroofis fully open.

To close the sunroof, push and hold the switchtoward UP/CLOSE. The sunroof will stop whenthe switch is released or when the sunroof is fullyclosed.

Tilting the sunroof

Close the sunroof by pushing and holding theswitch toward UP/CLOSE. Release the switch,then push and hold the UP/CLOSE switch to tiltthe sunroof up. The sunroof will stop when theswitch is released or when the sunroof reachesthe maximum tilt position.

To tilt the sunroof down, push and hold the switchtoward DOWN/OPEN. The sunroof will stopwhen the switch is release or when the sunroof isfully closed.

WARNING

● In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open sunroof.Always use seat belts and childrestraints.

● Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body out ofthe sunroof opening while the vehicle isin motion or while the sunroof isclosing.

CAUTION

● Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the sunroof before opening.

● Do not place heavy objects on the sun-roof or surrounding area.

SunshadeOpen and close the sunshade by sliding it for-ward or backward.

WIC0435

SUNROOF (if so equipped)



The interior light has a three-position switch andoperates regardless of ignition switch position.

When the switch is in the ON position s1 , theinterior light illuminates, regardless of door posi-tion.

When the switch is in the center O or DOORposition, the interior light illuminates by opening adoor.

The interior light will stay on for about 30 secondswhen:

● The doors are unlocked by the keyfob, a keyor the lock-unlock switch while all doors are

closed and the key is removed from theignition switch.

● The driver’s door is opened and then closedwhile the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

● The key is removed from the ignition switchwhile all doors are closed.

The interior light will turn off while the 30 secondtimer is activated when:

● The driver’s door is locked by the keyfob, akey or the lock-unlock switch.

● The ignition switch is turned ON.

When the switch is in the OFF position s2 , theinterior light does not illuminate, regardless ofdoor position.

Some vehicles are equipped with a battery saverfeature that will automatically turn off the interiorlights after approximately 10 minutes if:

● doors are open, or

● the interior light switch is in the ON position.

NOTE:

If the interior lights are turned off automati-cally by the battery saver feature, the igni-tion key must be turned to the ON positionbefore the interior lights will illuminateagain.

For information regarding the interior light bulbreplacement, refer to “Exterior and interior lights”in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section ofthis manual.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.

WIC0264

INTERIOR LIGHT



To turn the map lights on, press the switches. Toturn them off, press the switches again.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.

The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened.When the trunk lid is closed, the light goes off.For bulb replacement procedures, refer to “Exte-rior and interior lights” in the “Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section of this manual.

WIC0305

MAP LIGHTS (if so equipped) TRUNK LIGHT



3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS)keys (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with power door lock switch (if soequipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . 3-6How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10

Opener operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11Interior trunk lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Opener operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Fuel filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Tilt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Vanity mirror (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15


1. Two master keys (black) with transpon-der chip (if so equipped) and chromeNISSAN brand symbol on one side

2. Valet key (black) with transponder chip(if so equipped)

3. Key number plate4. Transponder chip (if so equipped)A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safe place(such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you loseyour keys, see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates byusing the key number. NISSAN does not recordkey numbers so it is very important to keep trackof your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, your NISSAN dealercan duplicate it.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM (NVIS) KEYS (if soequipped)

You can only drive your vehicle using the masteror valet keys which are registered to the NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System components in yourvehicle. These keys have a transponder chip inthe key head.

The master key can be used for all the locks.

The valet key cannot be used for the trunk lid lock.

To protect belongings when you leave a key withsomeone, give them the valet key only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System keys. Your dealer can dupli-cate your existing key. As many as five NVIS keyscan be used with one vehicle. You should bring allNVIS keys that you have to your NISSAN dealerfor registration. This is because the registrationprocess will erase the memory of all key codes

previously registered into the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System. After the registration pro-cess, these components will only recognize keyscoded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem (NVIS) during registration. Any key that is notgiven to your dealer at the time of registration willno longer be able to start your vehicle.

Do not allow the immobilizer system key, whichcontains an electrical transponder, to come intocontact with salt water. This could affect systemfunction.

WPD0203

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments


WARNING

● Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seat belts,this provides greater safety in the eventof an accident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown from thevehicle. This also helps keep childrenand others from unintentionally open-ing the doors, and will help keep outintruders.

● Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

● Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-ous accidents.

LOCKING WITH KEY

ManualTo lock either the driver or passenger side door,turn the key toward the front of the vehicle s1 . Tounlock, turn it toward the rear s2 .

Power (if so equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with the vehiclesecurity system, the power door lock systemallows you to lock or unlock all doors at the sametime.

Turning the key toward the front s1 of the vehiclelocks all doors.

Turning the key one time toward the rear s2 of thevehicle unlocks that door. From that position,returning the key to neutral s3 (where the key canonly be removed and inserted) and turning ittoward the rear again s4 within 5 seconds un-locks all doors.

Driver’s sideWPD0107


DOORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3


LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOBTo lock the door without the key, move the insidelock knob to the lock position s1 , then close thedoor.

To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position s2 .

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH (if so equipped)

To lock all the doors without a key, push the doorlock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) tothe lock position s1 . When locking the door thisway, be certain not to leave the key inside thevehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’sside) to the unlock position s2 .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driver’s orfront passenger’s side) is moved to the lockposition with the key in the ignition and any dooropen, all doors will lock and unlock automatically.This helps to prevent the keys from being acci-dently locked inside the vehicle.

Inside lockWPD0109




CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety locks help prevent the rear doorsfrom being opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock levers are located on theedge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the lock position, thedoor can be opened only from the outside.

Type A

WPD0019

Type BAPD1010



It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turn theinterior light on, and activate the panic alarm byusing the keyfob from outside the vehicle.

Be sure to remove the key from the vehiclebefore locking the doors.

The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi-mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. The effectivedistance depends upon the conditions aroundthe vehicle.

As many as 4 keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning the purchaseand use of additional keyfobs, contact a NISSANdealer.

The keyfob will not function when:

● the battery is discharged

● the distance between the vehicle and thekeyfob is over 33 ft (10 m)

The panic alarm will not activate when thekey is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the keyfob:

● Do not allow the keyfob to become wet.

● Do not drop the keyfob.

● Do not strike the keyfob sharply againstanother object.

● Do not place the keyfob for an extendedperiod in an area where temperaturesexceed 140°F (60°C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSAN rec-ommends erasing the ID code of that key-fob. This will prevent the keyfob from un-authorized use to unlock the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the erasing proce-dure, please contact a NISSAN dealer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

Locking doors1. Close all windows.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close the hood, trunk lid, and all doors.

4. Push the button on the keyfob. Allthe doors lock. The hazard lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once to indicate alldoors are locked.

LPD0209

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(if so equipped)



● When the button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once as a reminder thatthe doors are already locked.

● If a door is open and you push thebutton, the doors will lock but the horn willnot beep and the hazard lights will not flash.

The horn may or may not beep once. Refer to“Silencing the horn beep feature” later in thissection for details.

Unlocking doorsPush the button on the keyfob once.

● Only the driver’s door unlocks.

● The hazard indicator flashes once if all doorsare completely closed with the ignition key inany position except the ON position.

● The interior light turns on and the light timeractivates for 30 seconds when the switch isin the center O or DOOR position with theignition key in any position except the ONposition.

Push the button on the keyfob again with 5seconds.

● All doors unlock.

● The hazard indicator flashes once if all doorsare completely closed.

The interior lights can be turned off without wait-ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into theignition and turning to the ON or START position,locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing theinterior light switch to the OFF position.

LPD0210



Releasing the trunk lidPush the button on the keyfob for longerthan 0.5 second. The trunk release button on thekeyfob will not operate when the ignition switch isin the ON position.

The trunk lid opens.

The trunk lid will not open with the trunk lidrelease cancel lever turned to OFF. It canbe opened only with the key. See “Trunklid” later in this section for cancel leverinformation.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the panic alarm to call attentionby pushing and holding the button on thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 second.

The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25seconds.

The panic alarm stops when:

● it has run for 25 seconds, or

● any button is pushed on the keyfob.

Silencing the horn beep feature

If desired, the horn beep feature can be deacti-vated using the keyfob.

To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.

The hazard warning lights will flash three times toconfirm that the horn beep feature has beendeactivated.

To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 secondsonce more.

WPD0319 LPD0211 LPD0262



The hazard warning lights will flash once and thehorn will sound once to confirm that the hornbeep feature has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si-lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

WARNING

● Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving. Fail-ure to do so could cause the hood to flyopen and result in an accident.

● If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

1. Pull the hood lock release handle sA locatedbelow the driver side instrument panel; thehood springs up slightly.

2. Lift the lever sB at the front of the hood withyour fingertips and raise the hood.

3. Remove the support rod from the clamp.

4. Insert the support rod sC into the slot in thefront edge of the hood.

5. When closing the hood, return the supportrod to its original position, lower the hood toapproximately 12 inches above the latch andrelease it. This allows proper engagement ofthe hood latch.

WPD0204

HOOD



OPENER OPERATION

WARNING

● Do not drive with the trunk lid open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gasesto be drawn into the vehicle. See “Ex-haust gas” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.


Type A

The trunk lid opener lever is located on the out-side of the driver’s seat. To open the trunk lid, pullup the opener lever s1 . To close, push the trunklid down securely.

Type B

The trunk lid release is located on the instrumentpanel. To open the trunk, push the release in thedirection indicated in the illustration s1 . To close,push the trunk lid down securely.

WPD0118 WPD0198

TRUNK LID



Cancel leverWhen the lever is in the cancel position, the trunklid cannot be opened with the trunk lid openerlever. It can be opened only with the key.

KEY OPERATIONTo open the trunk lid, turn the key clockwise. Toclose the trunk lid, lower and push the trunk liddown securely.

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNING

Closely supervise children when they arearound cars to prevent them from playingand becoming locked in the trunk wherethey could be seriously injured. Keep thecar locked, with the rear seatback andtrunk lid securely latched when not in use,and prevent children’s access to car keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanism providesa means of escape for children and adults in theevent they become locked inside the trunk.

WPD0021 WPD0120 WPD0308



To open the trunk from the inside, rotate theilluminated lever s1 until the lock releases andpush up on the trunk lid. The release lever is madeof a material that glows in the dark after a briefexposure to ambient light.

The handle is located inside the trunk compart-ment on the trunk lock at the center of the trunklid.

OPENER OPERATIONThe fuel filler opener lever is located on the out-side of the driver’s seat s1 . To open the fuel fillerlid, pull the opener lever up. To lock, close the fuelfiller lid securely.

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn thecap counterclockwise to remove. To tighten, turnthe cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks areheard.

Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder s1 whilerefueling.

WPD0121 WPD0228

FUEL FILLER LID



WARNING

● Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriouslyinjured if it is misused or mishandled.Always stop the engine and do notsmoke or allow open flames or sparksnear the vehicle when refueling.

● Fuel may be under pressure. Turn thecap a third of a turn, and wait for any“hissing” sound to stop to prevent fuelfrom spraying out and possibly causingpersonal injury. Then remove the cap.

● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

● Use only an original equipment typefuel filler cap as a replacement. It has abuilt-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunction andpossible injury. It could also cause themalfunction indicator lamp to come on.

● Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

● Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portable fuelcontainers:

– Always place the container on theground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you are fill-ing it.

– Use only approved portable fuel con-tainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

● Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks.Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap

properly may cause the mal-

function indicator lamp (MIL) to illumi-

nate. If the lamp illuminates be-

cause the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle.

The lamp should turn off after a

few driving trips. If the lamp

does not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected by aNISSAN dealer.

● For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” inthe “Instruments and Controls” sectionearlier in this manual.



TILT OPERATIONPull the lock lever down sA and adjust the steer-ing wheel up or down sB to the desired position.

Push the lock lever up firmly to lock the steeringwheel in place.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

VANITY MIRROR (if so equipped)To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visordown and flip open the mirror cover. Some vanitymirrors are illuminated and turn on when themirror cover is open.

INSIDE MIRRORThe night position s1 reduces glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position s2 when driving in daylighthours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

WPD0123 WPD0125 WPD0126

STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS MIRRORS



OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

● Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.You could lose control of your vehicleand cause an accident.

Electric control type (if so equipped)The outside mirror remote control only operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Rotate the control lever to select the right or leftmirror. Adjust the mirror to the desired position bymoving the control lever.

Manual control typeThe outside mirror can be moved in any directionfor a better rear view.

Heated mirrors (Canada only)Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost,defog, or de-ice for improved visibility. Press therear window defogger switch to activate theheating function. Press the switch again to deac-tivate, or the heating function will automaticallyturn off after approximately 15 minutes.

WPD0127 LPD0029




MEMO

4 Heater, air conditioner and audiosystems

Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Heater and air conditioner (manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Air conditioner operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-5Air flow charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10

FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10Satellite radio reception (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-10Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11FM-AM-SAT radio with compact disc (CD)player (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19

Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19


Adjust air flow direction for the driver’s side s1 ,center s2 , and passenger side s3 ventilators bymoving the ventilator slide and/or ventilator as-semblies.

WARNING

● The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

● Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistanceof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

● Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

● Positioning of the heater and/or airconditioner controls should not bedone while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

WHA0200

VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(manual)

4-2 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems


1. Fan control dial2. Rear window defroster button3. Air flow control dial4. Air conditioner button (if so equipped)5. Air recirculation button (if so equipped)6. Temperature control dial

CONTROLS

Fan control dial

The fan control dial turns the fan on and off, andcontrols fan speed.

Air flow control dial

The air flow control dial allows you to select theair flow outlets.

— Air flows from center and sideventilators.

— Air flows from center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot outlets.— Air flows from defroster outlets

and foot outlets.— Air flows mainly from defroster

outlets.

The air flow control dial also has intermediatepositions which allow the air flow to be distrib-uted between two of the icon positions on the airflow control dial.

Temperature control dial

The temperature control dial allows you to adjustthe temperature of the outlet air. To lower thetemperature, turn the dial to the left. To increasethe temperature, turn the dial to the right.

Air recirculation button (if soequipped)

NOTE:

The air recirculation feature is availableonly on those vehicles equipped with airconditioning.

ON position (Indicator light on):Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle.

Push the button to the on position when:

● driving on a dusty road.

● to prevent traffic fumes from entering thepassenger compartment.

● for maximum cooling when using the air con-ditioner.

WHA0288

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3


OFF position (Indicator light off):Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart-ment and distributed through the selected outlet.

Air conditioner button (if soequipped)

The button is provided only on vehicles equippedwith an air conditioner.

Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to thedesired (1 - 4) position and push thebutton to turn on the air conditioner. The indicatorlight comes on when the air conditioner is oper-ating. To turn off the air conditioner, pushthe button again.

The air conditioner cooling function oper-ates only when the engine is running.

Rear window defroster switchFor more information about the rear window de-froster switch, see “Rear window defrosterswitch” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.

HEATER OPERATIONHeatingThis mode is used to direct heated air to the footoutlets. Some air also flows from the defrostoutlets.

1. Push the button (if so equipped) tothe off position for normal heating.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position between the middle and thehot position.

VentilationThis mode directs outside air to the side andcenter ventilators.

1. Push the button (if so equipped) tothe off position.


3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position.

Defrosting or defogging

This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets todefrost/defog the windows.


2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.


● To quickly remove ice or fog from the win-dows, turn the fan control dial to 4 and thetemperature control lever to the full HOTposition.

● When the position is selected, the airconditioner automatically turns on (however,the indicator light will not illuminate) if theoutside temperature is more than 36°F(2°C). The air conditioning system will con-tinue to operate until the fan control dial isturned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off, evenif the air flow control dial is turned to aposition other than the position. Thisdehumidifies the air which helps defog thewindshield. The mode automaticallyturns off, allowing outside air to be drawninto the passenger compartment to furtherimprove the defogging performance.



Bi-level heating

This mode directs cooler air from the side andcenter vents and warmer air from the floor outlets.When the temperature control dial is moved tothe full hot or full cool position, the air betweenthe vents and the floor outlets is the same tem-perature.

1. Push the button (if so equipped) tothe off position.




Heating and defogging

This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind-shield.


● When the position is selected,the function automatically cancels.Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defogging per-formance.



● When the position is selected, the airconditioner automatically turns on (however,the indicator light will not illuminate) if theoutside temperature is more than 36°F(2°C). The air conditioning system will con-tinue to operate until the fan control dial isturned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off, evenif the air flow control dial is turned to aposition other than the position. Thisdehumidifies the air which helps defog thewindshield. The mode automaticallyturns off, allowing outside air to be drawninto the passenger compartment to furtherimprove the defogging performance.

Operating tipsClear snow and ice from the wiper bladesand air inlet in front of the windshield. Thisimproves heater operation.

AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION (ifso equipped)

Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to thedesired (1 - 4) position, and push in thebutton to activate the air conditioner. When theair conditioner is on, cooling and dehumidifyingfunctions are added to the heater operation.

The air conditioner cooling function oper-ates only when the engine is running.

Cooling

This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.

1. Push the button to the off position.



4. Push the button. The indicator lightcomes on.


● For quick cooling when the outside tem-perature is high, push the button tothe on position (indicator light on). Be sureto return the to the off position fornormal cooling.



Dehumidified heating

This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air.

1. Push the button to the off position.



4. Push the button. The indicator lightcomes on.


Dehumidified defogging

This mode is used to defog the windows anddehumidify the air.



3. Push on the air conditioner button. The indi-cator light comes on.

When the , or positions in betweenare selected, the air conditioner automatically turnson (however, the indicator light will not illuminate) ifthe outside temperature is more than 45°F (7°C).

The air conditioning system will continue to operateuntil the vehicle is shut OFF, even if the air flowcontrol dial is turned to a position other thanthe position. This dehumidifies the air whichhelps defog the windshield. The mode au-tomatically turns off, allowing outside air to bedrawn into the passenger compartment to furtherimprove the defogging performance.


Operating tips● Keep the windows and sunroof closed while

the air conditioner is in operation.

● After parking in the sun, drive for 2 or 3minutes with the windows open to vent hotair from the passenger compartment. Then,close the windows. This allows the air con-ditioner to cool the interior more quickly.

● The air conditioning system should beoperated for approximately 10 minutesat least once a month. This helps pre-vent damage to the system due to lackof lubrication.

● If the engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates engine coolant tem-perature over the normal range, turnthe air conditioner off. See “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

AIR FLOW CHARTSThe following charts show the button and dialpositions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating,cooling or defrosting. The air recirculationbutton should always be in the OFF posi-tion for heating and defrosting.



WHA0212 WHA0544



WHA0545 WHA0546



The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve-hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed withthe environment in mind.

This refrigerant does not harm the earth’sozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant is re-quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi-tioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricantswill cause severe damage to your air conditionersystem. See “Air conditioner system refrigerantand lubricant recommendations” in the “Techni-cal and consumer information” section of thismanual.

A NISSAN dealer is able to service your “environ-mentally friendly” air conditioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with proper equipment.

WHA0547

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER



RADIO

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON positionand press the PWR (power)/VOL (volume) knobto turn the radio on. If you listen to the radio withthe engine not running, the key should be turnedto the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ-ences. Intermittent changes in reception qualitynormally are caused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio reception quality.

Radio reception

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra-dio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance the qual-ity of that reception.

However there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. These char-acteristics are completely normal in a given re-ception area, and do not indicate any malfunctionin your NISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly change be-cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from other ve-hicles can work against ideal reception. De-scribed below are some of the factors that canaffect your radio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 – 30miles (40 – 48 km), with monaural (single chan-nel) FM having slightly more range than stereoFM. External influences may sometimes interferewith FM station reception even if the FM station iswithin 25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FMsignal is directly related to the distance betweenthe transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow aline-of-sight path, exhibiting many of the samecharacteristics as light. For example they willreflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position(usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter) static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by adjusting thetreble control to reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and reflectedsignals reach the receiver at the same time. Thesignals may cancel each other, resulting in mo-mentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics, AM signals are also sub-ject to interference as they travel from transmitterto receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (if soequipped)

When the satellite radio is first installed or thebattery has been replaced, the satellite radio maynot work properly. This is not a malfunction. Waitmore than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and

AUDIO SYSTEM



the vehicle outside of any metal or large buildingfor satellite radio to receive all of the necessarydata.

No satellite radio reception is available and “NOSAT” is displayed when the SAT band option isselected unless optional satellite receiver andantenna are installed (retrofit unavailable withoutfactory satellite radio pre-wiring), and an XMT orSIRIUS™ satellite radio service subscription isactive.

Satellite radio performance may be affected ifcargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radiosignal.

If possible, do not put cargo over the satelliteantenna.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSCompact disc (CD) player

● Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.

● During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

● The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

● The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease thetemperature before use.

● Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

● CDs that are in poor condition or aredirty, scratched or covered with finger-prints may not work properly.

● The following CDs may not work properly:

● Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

● Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

● Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

● Do not use the following CDs as they maycause the CD player to malfunction:

● 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter

● CDs that are not round

● CDs with a paper label

● CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

LHA0099



1. RADIO button2. Scan button3. ON·OFF/Volume control knob4. CD insert slot5. Audio button6. CD eject button

7. AUX Jack8. Radio manual tuning buttons/clock set

buttons/seek buttons9. Clock button10. CAT (if so equipped) or MUTE (if so

equipped) button

11. FF button12. MIX (random play) button13. REW button14. FF APS button15. RPT button16. REW APS button17. PRESET A·B·C select button18. CD·C (CD, CD Changer, AUX) buttonFM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER (if so equipped)ON·OFF/VOL control knob

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position,then push the ON·OFF/VOL control knob. If youlisten to the radio with the engine not running,turn the key to the ACC position. The mode (radioor CD) that was playing immediately before thesystem was turned off resumes playing.

When no CD is loaded, the radio comes on.Pushing the ON·OFF/VOL control knob againturns the system off.

Turn the ON·OFF/VOL control knob to the rightto increase volume or to the left to decreasevolume

MUTE button:

To mute the audio sound, push the MUTE button.To release the mute, push the button again.

LHA0499



Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance

To adjust BASS/TREBLE or FADER/BALANCE,press the AUDIO button until the desired mode(BASS, TREBLE, FADER, or BALANCE) ap-pears in the display. Press the orbutton to adjust BASS and TREBLE to the de-sired level. Use the or button alsoto adjust FADER or BALANCE modes. FADERadjusts the sound level between the front andrear speakers and BALANCE adjusts the soundbetween the right and left speakers.

Clock operation

Pressing the clock button alternates the clockand the radio/CD player options in the display.

Clock set

1. Press and hold the CLOCK button for morethan 2.0 seconds to enter the clock setmode.

2. Press the CLOCK button until the hourflashes in the display screen, then usethe or buttons to adjust andset the hour.

3. Press the CLOCK button again until theminutes flash in the display screen, then usethe or buttons to adjust andset the minutes.LHA0330



4. Press the CLOCK button again to exit theclock set mode and store the time setting.

Clock priority mode

In this mode the clock is shown in the display. Ifany radio or CD functions are activated, the radioor CD display illuminates for 10 seconds thenreturns to the clock mode.

NOTE:

After clock adjustment, the radio is in theclock priority mode.

FM/AM/SAT radio operationFM/AM/SAT band select

Push the RADIO button to change from AM toFM and SAT (Satellite) (if so equipped) recep-tion.

No Satellite radio reception is available and “NOSAT” will be displayed when the SAT band optionis selected unless optional satellite receiver andantenna were factory installed (retrofit unavail-able without factory satellite radio pre-wiring),and an XMT or Sirius™ satellite radio servicesubscription is active.

The FM stereo indicator, ST, illuminates duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broadcastsignal is weak, the radio automatically changesfrom stereo to monaural reception.

TUNE/SEEK buttons

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned while driv-ing so full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

Push the or button for less than 0.5seconds for manual tuning.

SEEK tuning

Push the or button for more than1.5 seconds to seek through the frequencies.SEEK tuning begins from low to high frequen-cies, or high to low frequencies depending onwhich button is pushed, and stops at the nextbroadcasting station. Once the highest broad-casting station is reached, the radio continues inthe SEEK mode at the lowest broadcasting sta-tion.

SCAN button

Push the SCAN tuning button. SCAN illuminatesin the display. SCAN tuning begins from low tohigh frequencies. SCAN tuning stops at eachbroadcasting station for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 second period stopsSCAN tuning and the radio remains tuned to thatstation.

Station memory operation

Each preset mode (A, B or C) has 6 presets,capable of storing any combination of AM, FMand SAT stations.

LHA0478



Press the PRESET ABC button to change be-tween the presets:

A→B→C

The radio displays icon A, B or C to indicatewhich set of presets is active.

To store a radio station in a preset:

1. Select the desired preset by pressing PRE-SET ABC.

2. Tune to the desired station.

3. Push the desired station select button formore than 2 seconds. For example, in theillustrations, ch2 is to be memorized. Theradio mutes when the select button ispushed.

4. When the indicator illuminates in the displayand the sound resumes, memorizing is com-plete.

5. Other station select buttons can be set inthe same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the radiofuse opens, the radio memory is canceled. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.

Compact disc (CD) player operationTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position,and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot

with the label side up. The compact disc is auto-matically pulled into the slot and starts to play.

If the radio is already operating, it automaticallyturns off and the compact disc begins to play.

CAUTION

Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD changer/player.

CD·C button

When the CD·C button is pushed with a compactdisc loaded and the radio playing, the radio turnsoff and the compact disc starts to play.

Press the CD·C button to play a compatibledevice such as an MP-3 Player when it is pluggedinto the AUX in jack.

FF (Fast Forward),REW (Rewind) buttons

When the or button is pushed whilethe compact disc is playing, the compact discplays at an increased speed while fast forwardingor rewinding. When the button is released, thecompact disc returns to normal play speed.

APS (Automatic Pro-gram Search) FF, APSREW

When the button is pushed while the com-pact disc is playing, the selection following thepresent one starts to play from the beginning.Push the button several times to skip sev-eral selections. Each time the button is pushed,the CD advances one selection. (When the lastselection on the compact disc is skipped, the firstselection is played.)

When the button is pushed, the selectionbeing played returns to the beginning. Pushthe button several times to skip back sev-eral selections. Each time the button is pushed,the CD moves back one selection.

Repeat button

When the button is pushed while the com-pact disc is playing, the play pattern changes asfollows:

1: The current selection is repeated.

Normal (no symbol): All selections are played insequence.

When a new compact disc is inserted, theplay pattern automatically changes to the“Normal” play pattern.



MIX button

When the button is pushed while the com-pact disc is playing, the play pattern changes asfollows:

RANDOM: Selections are played at random, notfollowing the sequence on the compact disc. Thesame program may be repeated twice.

Normal (no symbol): All selections are played insequence.

When a new compact disc is inserted, theplay pattern automatically changes to the“Normal” play pattern.

CD EJECT button

When the button is pushed with a com-pact disc loaded, the compact disc ejects.

When the button is pushed while the com-pact disc is playing, the compact disc ejects andthe system turns off.

DISC indicator light

CD IN appears in the display when a CD isloaded with the system ON.

1. CD eject button

2. Disc indication light

3. Load indicator light/Loading slot

4. Disc selection button

LHA0486



Compact disc (CD) changer operation(if so equipped)

CAUTION

● Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD changer/player.

● Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/or CDchanger.

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON positionand line up with the disc load slot with the labelside facing up. To insert the disc, first push thedesired disc selection button (1–6), and wait forthe green load indicator light to illuminate in theslot. When it illuminates the compact disc will beguided in automatically and start playing.

If the radio is already operating, it will automati-cally turn off and the compact disc will play.

If the system has been turned off while the com-pact disc was playing, pushing thePOWER/VOLUME control knob will start thecompact disc.

Disc loading — single

CAUTION

Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/or CDchanger.

When a disc selection button is pressed for lessthan 1.5 seconds, the CD changer enters the singledisc loading mode. The disc selection button startsflashing green until the door is opened. When thedoor has opened, the green load indicator light willcome on in the loading slot. Load only one CD at atime. After the CD is loaded, the door closes, theload indicator lights turn off and the disc selectionbutton turns a solid green. The CD that was loadedstarts to play automatically.

Disc loading — all

When a disc selection button is pressed for longerthan 1.5 seconds, the CD changer automaticallychanges to all disc loading mode. All disc selectionbuttons start flashing orange, except the disc selec-tion button that was pushed initially. This buttonflashes green until the door is opened. When thedoor opens and the green load indicator light comeson only one CD can be loaded at a time. After the CDis loaded, the next disc selection button will thenchange from orange to flashing green for the nextCD to be loaded. After all the CDs have beenloaded, the CD that was loaded first starts to play.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch), FF, APS REV

When the button is pushed while the CDis playing, the selection following the current onestarts to play from the beginning. Push thebutton several times to skip several selections.Each time the button is pushed, the CD advancesone selection. When the last selection on the CDis skipped, the first selection is played.

When the button is pushed, the currentselection returns to the beginning. Pushthe button several times to skip back sev-eral selections. Each time the button is pushed,the CD moves back one selection. Went the firstselection on the CD is skipped, the last selectionis played.

Repeat Button

When the button is pushed while a CD isplaying, the play pattern will change as follows.

ALL — All disc repeat: All CDs are playedrepeatedly in sequence.

BLANK (no symbol) — One disc repeat: Thecurrent CD is repeated.

1 — One track repeat: The current selection isrepeated.



When a new CD is inserted, the play patternautomatically changes to the “ALL” playpattern.

CD Eject — Single

When the button is pressed for less than1.5 seconds, the current CD that is playing (or ifthe CD changer is off, the last CD that wasplayed) ejects. The disc indicator light startsflashing orange until the CD is ejected. When theCD is ejected, the disc indicator light turns off toshow that the disc selection button is empty.When the CD is removed from the unit, the CDchanger automatically changes to single discloading mode so a new CD can be loaded intothe empty holder. The disc indicator light will startflashing green until a CD is loaded, if no CD isloaded within 15 seconds the single disc loadingmode is cancelled. The single disc loading modeis also cancelled if another disc selection buttonis pushed.

CD Eject — ALL

When the button is pressed for longer than1.5 seconds, the CD changer automaticallychanges to all disc eject mode. The disc indicatorlight for the current CD (or the last CD that wasplayed) starts flashing orange until the CD ejects.When the CD ejects, the disc indicator light turnsoff showing that disc selection button as empty.When the CD is removed from the unit, the nextCD starts to eject. After all the CDs are ejected,the CD changer turns off.

If a CD is ejected and is not removed within10 seconds, it will be pulled back into theslot.

CD CARE AND CLEANING● Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend the

disc. Never touch the surface of the disc.

● Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

● To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the centerto the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth. Donot wipe the disc using a circular motion.

● Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

● A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges byrubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

LHA0049



ANTENNAThe antenna cannot be shortened, but can beremoved. When you need to remove the antenna,turn the antenna rod counterclockwise.

To install the antenna rod, turn the antenna clock-wise. Tighten the antenna rod to specificationusing a suitable tool such as an open-endwrench. The antenna rod tightening specificationis 3.4 – 3.6 N·m (30 – 32 in-lb). Do not use pliersto tighten the antenna as they can leave marks onthe antenna surface. The antenna rod cannot behand tightened to the proper specification.

CAUTION

Always properly tighten the antenna rodduring installation or the antenna rod maybreak during vehicle operation.

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone inyour NISSAN, be sure to observe the followingcautions, otherwise the new equipment may ad-versely affect the engine control system andother electronic parts.

WARNING

● A cellular telephone should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation. Some juris-dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele-phones while driving.

● If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-lar phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended. Ex-ercise extreme caution at all times sofull attention may be given to vehicleoperation.

● If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop yourvehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

● Keep the antenna as far away as pos-sible from the electronic controlmodules.

● Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic con-trol system harnesses. Do not route theantenna wire next to any harness.

● Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

● Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

● For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO




MEMO

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System(NVIS)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Automatic transmission (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Anti-lock brake system (ABS)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Anti-freeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22


WARNING

● Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistanceof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.


EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

● Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-ous. It can cause unconsciousness ordeath.

● If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with all win-dows fully open, and have the vehicleinspected immediately.

● Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

● Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

● Keep the trunk lid closed while driving,otherwise exhaust gases could bedrawn into the passenger compart-ment. If you must drive with the trunk lidopen, follow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation but-ton (if so equipped) to off and the fancontrol dial to 4 (high) to circulatethe air.

● If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailer throughthe seal on the trunk lid or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommen-dation to prevent carbon monoxide en-try into the vehicle.

● The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system, un-derbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

● The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-tem are very hot. Keep people, animalsor flammable materials away from theexhaust system components.

● Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving


CAUTION

● Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

● Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv-ing if the engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or other un-usual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly by a NISSAN dealer.

● Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thethree-way catalyst.

● Do not race the engine while warming itup.

● Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey alltraffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, highspeed cornering, or sudden steering maneuvers,because these driving practices could cause youto lose control of your vehicle. As with any ve-hicle, loss of control could result in a colli-sion with other vehicles or objects, or causethe vehicle to roll over, particularly if the lossof control causes the vehicle to slide side-ways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under the influence ofalcohol or drugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsiness).Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the“Safety – Seats, seat belts and supplemental re-straint system” section of this manual, and alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisionsand rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbeltedor improperly belted person is significantlymore likely to be injured or killed than aperson properly wearing a seat belt.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcoholor drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re-duces coordination, delays reaction timeand impairs judgement. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likelihoodof being involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, if youare injured in an accident, alcohol canincrease the severity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Al-though the local laws vary on what is consideredto be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and most peopleunderestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, pre-scription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if yourability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco-hol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

Starting and driving 5-3


AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONThe ignition lock is designed so the key cannot beturned to the LOCK position and removed untilthe shift selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When removing the key from the ignition, makesure the shift selector lever is in the P (Park)position.

If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park)position, the key cannot be moved to the LOCKposition.

To remove the key from the ignition switch:

1. Shift the selector lever to the P (Park) posi-tion with the key in the ON position.

2. Turn the key to the LOCK position.

3. Remove the key from the ignition.

If the selector lever is shifted to the P (Park)position after the key is turned to the OFF posi-tion or when the key cannot be turned to theLOCK position, proceed as follows to remove thekey.

1. Move the shift selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ONposition.

3. Turn the key to the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

The shift selector lever is designed so it cannotmoved out of P (Park) and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFFposition or if the key is removed from the switch.

The shift selector lever can be moved if theignition switch is in the ON position and thefoot brake pedal is depressed.

There is an OFF position between theLOCK and ACC positions. The OFF positionis indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder.When the ignition is in the OFF position,the steering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/8 of a turn clockwisefrom the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. Tounlock the steering wheel, insert the keyand turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left.

If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi-tion, turn the steering wheel to the left orright while turning the key to unlock thekey cylinder.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to the LOCKposition while driving. The steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle and could result inserious vehicle damage or personal injury.

WSD0041

IGNITION SWITCH



MANUAL TRANSMISSION

The ignition switch includes a device that helpsprevent accidental removal of the key while driv-ing.

The key can only be removed when the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position.

On manual transmission models, to turn the igni-tion key to LOCK position from ACC or ONposition, turn the key to OFF, push the key in, thenturn the key to LOCK.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/8 of a turn clockwisefrom the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. Tounlock the steering wheel, insert the keyand turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to the LOCKposition while driving. The steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle and could result inserious vehicle damage or personal injury.

KEY POSITIONSLOCK: Normal parking position (0)

OFF: (Manual transmission model) (1)

The engine can be turned off without locking thesteering wheel.

ACC: (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio when the engine is not running.

ON: Normal operating position (3)

This position turns on the ignition system and theelectrical accessories.

START: (4)

This position starts the engine. As soon as theengine has started, release the key. It automati-cally returns to the ON position.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM(NVIS)(if so equipped)The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS)will not allow the engine to start without the use ofthe registered NVIS key.

If the engine fails to start using a registered NVISkey (for example, when interference is caused byanother NVIS key, an automated toll road device orautomatic payment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition, and wait approximately 10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered NVIS key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec-ommends placing the registered NVIS key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.

WSD0042



● Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

● Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake and clutch fluid, and windowwasher fluid as frequently as possible, or atleast whenever you refuel.

● Check that all windows and lights are clean.

● Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

● Lock all doors.

● Position seat and adjust head restraints.

● Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

● Check the operation of warning lights whenthe key is turned to the ON (3) position. See“Warning/indicator lights and audible re-minders” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Automatic transmission:

Move the shift selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The shift selector lever cannot bemoved out of P (Park) and into any ofthe other gear positions if the ignitionkey is turned to the OFF position or ifthe key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

The starter is designed not to operate ifthe shift selector lever is in any of thedriving positions.

Manual transmission:

Move the shift lever to N (Neutral). Depressthe clutch pedal to the floor while crankingthe engine.

The starter is designed not to operateunless the clutch pedal is fully de-pressed.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but fails torun, repeat the above procedure.

● If the engine is very hard to start in ex-tremely cold weather or when restarting,depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap-proximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold it andthen crank the engine. Release the key andthe accelerator pedal when the enginestarts.

● If the engine is very hard to start because itis flooded, depress the accelerator pedalall the way to the floor and hold it. Crank theengine for 5-6 seconds. After cranking theengine, release the accelerator pedal.Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, turn the key off and wait 10seconds before cranking again, otherwisethe starter could be damaged.

4. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec-onds after starting. Do not race the enginewhile warming it up. Drive at moderatespeed for a short distance first, especially incold weather.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE



AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (if soequipped)

WARNING

● Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), 2 or 1.Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

● Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while the vehicle is moving. This couldcause an accident.

CAUTION

● When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by de-pressing the accelerator pedal. The footbrake should be used for this purpose.

● Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

The automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled to produce maximumpower and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

1. After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal before attempting to movethe shift selector lever out of the P (Park)position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andmove the shift selector lever into a drivinggear.

3. Release the foot brake, then gradually startthe vehicle in motion.

The automatic transmission is designed sothe foot brake pedal MUST be depressedbefore shifting from P (Park) to any driveposition while the ignition switch is in theON position.

The shift selector lever cannot be movedout of P (Park) and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition key is turnedto the LOCK position or if the key is re-moved.

The shift selector lever can be moved if theignition switch is in the ACC position. Thisallows the vehicle to be moved if the bat-tery is discharged. The shift selector levercan also be moved if the ignition switch isin the ON position and the foot brake pedalis depressed.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE



To move the selector lever:

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal

: Push the button to shift

: Shift without pushing button

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal and shift the selector lever from P (Park) toR (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive).

Push the shift selector lever button to shift into P(Park), R (Reverse) or from D (Drive) to 2. Allother positions can be selected without pushingthe button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engine isnot running. Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personal injuryor property damage.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the selectorlever button pushed in to move the selectorlever from the N (Neutral) or any drive po-sition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then shift the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

Shifting from P (Park)

If the ignition switch is in the ON position and thefoot brake pedal is depressed, but the shift se-lector lever still cannot be moved out of P (Park),follow these instructions.

1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position.


3. Reinsert the key and turn it to the ACCposition.

4. Depress the foot brake pedal and move theshift selector lever to N (Neutral).

5. Start the engine.

These instructions for starting the vehicle in N(Neutral) should only be used until service can beobtained at a NISSAN dealership.

R (Reverse):

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

Use this position to back up. Make sure thevehicle is completely stopped before selecting R(Reverse) position. The brake pedal must bedepressed and the selector lever buttonpushed in to move the selector lever from P(Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position to R(Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. Theengine can be started in this position. You may

WSD0077



shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled enginewhile the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

2 (Second gear):

Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak-ing on downhill grades.

QR25DE: Do not shift into the 2 position atspeeds above 62 MPH (100 km/h). Do not ex-ceed 62 MPH (100 km/h) in the 2 position.

QG18DE: Do not shift into the 2 position atspeeds above 68 MPH (110 km/h). Do not ex-ceed 68 MPH (110 km/h) in the 2 position.

1 (Low gear):

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowlyor driving slowing through deep snow, sand ormud, or for maximum engine braking on steepdownhill grades.

QR25DE: Do not shift into the 1 position atspeeds above 34 MPH (55 km/h). Do not exceed34 MPH (55 km/h) in the 1 position.

QR18DE: Do not shift into the 1 position atspeeds above 37 MPH (60 km/h). Do not exceed37 MPH (60 km/h) in the 1 position.

Shift lock release

If the battery is discharged, the shift selector levermay not be moved from the P (Park) position evenwith the brake pedal depressed and the shiftselector lever button pushed.

To move the shift selector lever, release the shiftlock and push the shift selector lever button. Theshift selector lever can be moved to N (Neutral).However, the steering wheel will be locked un-less the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion.

To release the shift lock, complete the followingprocedure:

1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK positionand remove the key.


3. Remove the shift lock cover sA .

4. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lockslot, and push down sB .

5. Push the shift selector lever button sC andmove the shift selector lever to N (Neutral)position sD while holding down the shiftlock.

6. Turn the key to the ON position to unlock thesteering wheel. Now the vehicle may bemoved to the desired location.WSD0044



If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park), have a NISSAN dealer check the auto-matic transmission system as soon as possible.

Accelerator downshift— in D position —For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel-erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis-sion down into a lower gear, depending on thevehicle speed.

Overdrive switch

Each time your vehicle is started, the transmis-sion is automatically “reset” to overdrive ON.

ON: With the engine running and theshift selector lever in the D (Drive)position, the transmission upshiftsinto Overdrive as vehicle speedincreases.

Overdrive does not engage until the enginehas reached operating temperature.

OFF: For driving up and down longslopes where engine braking is nec-essary push the Overdrive switchonce. The O/D OFF indicator lightin the instrument panel comes on atthis time.

When cruising at a low speed or climbing agentle slope, you may feel uncomfortable shiftshocks as the transmission shifts into and out ofOverdrive repeatedly. In this case, depress theOverdrive switch to turn the Overdrive off. TheO/D OFF indicator light in the instrument panelcomes on at this time.

When driving conditions change, depress theOverdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on.

Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex-tended periods of time with the Overdrive off.This reduces fuel economy.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

WARNING

● Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

● Do not over-rev the engine when shift-ing to a lower gear. This may cause aloss of control or engine damage.

WSD0045



CAUTION

● Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedalwhile driving. This may cause clutchdamage.

● Fully depress the clutch pedal beforeshifting to help prevent transmissiondamage.

● Stop your vehicle completely beforeshifting into R (Reverse).

● When the vehicle is stopped with theengine running (for example, at a stoplight), shift to N (Neutral) and releasethe clutch pedal with the foot brakeapplied.

Shifting

To change gears, or when upshifting or down-shifting, depress the clutch pedal fully, shift intothe appropriate gear, then release the clutchslowly and smoothly.

To ensure smooth gear changes, fully depressthe clutch pedal before operating the shift lever. Ifthe clutch pedal is not fully depressed before thetransmission is shifted, a gear noise may beheard. Transmission damage could occur.

On the 5-speed manual transmission, you cannotshift directly from 5th gear into R (Reverse). Firstshift into N (Neutral), then into R (Reverse).

On the 6–speed manual transmission to back up,lift up on the reverse lever and then move it to theR (Reverse) position after stopping the vehiclecompletely.

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R(Reverse) or 1 (1st), shift into N (Neutral), thenrelease the clutch pedal. Depress the clutchpedal again and shift into R (Reverse) or 1 (1st).

5 - speedWSD0046

6 - speedLSD0133



Suggested upshift speedsThe following are suggested vehicle speeds forshifting into a higher gear. These suggestionsrelate to fuel economy and vehicle performance.Actual upshift speeds will vary according to roadconditions, the weather and individual drivinghabits.

For quick acceleration in low altitude areas (lessthan 4,000 ft [1219 m]) and normal accelera-tion in high altitude areas (over 4,000 ft[1219 m]):

GEAR CHANGE MPH (km/h)1st to 2nd 15 (24)2nd to 3rd 25 (40)3rd to 4th 40 (64)4th to 5th 45 (72)

For quick acceleration in high altitude areas (over4,000 ft [1219 m]):

For QG18DE engine models:

Gear change MPH (km/h)1st to 2nd 15 (24)2nd to 3rd 35 (55)3rd to 4th 45 (72)4th to 5th 50 (80)

For QR25DE engine models:

GEAR CHANGE MPH (km/h)1st to 2nd 15 (24)2nd to 3rd 25 (40)3rd to 4th 40 (65)4th to 5th 45 (72)5th to 6th 50 (80)

Suggested maximum speed in eachgearDownshift to a lower gear if the engine is notrunning smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed(shown below) in any gear. For level road driving,use the highest gear suggested for that speed.Always observe posted speed limits, and driveaccording to the road conditions, which will en-sure safe operation. Do not over-rev the enginewhen shifting to a lower gear as it may causeengine damage or loss of vehicle control.

QG18DE engine models:

GEAR MPH (km/h)1st 30 (49)2nd 51 (82)3rd 78 (125)4th —5th —

QR25DE engine models:

GEAR MPH (km/h)1st 33 (53)2nd 53 (86)3rd 75 (120)4th —5th —6th —



WARNING

● Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

● Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

● Do not use the gear shift in place of theparking brake. When parking, be surethe parking brake is fully engaged.

● Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the parkingbrake and cause an accident.

To engage: Pull the lever up sA .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Manual transmission models:

Place the shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-tion.

Automatic transmission models:

Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. While pulling up on the parking brake leverslightly, push the button and lower com-pletely sB .

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

WSD0048

PARKING BRAKE



1. Cruise control main switch2. RES/ACCEL switch3. CANCEL switch4. SET/COAST switch

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

● If the cruise control system malfunctions, itcancels automatically. The SET indicatorlight in the instrument panel then blinks towarn the driver.

● If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

● The SET indicator light may blink when thecruise control main switch is turned ONwhile pushing the RES/ACCEL,SET/COAST, or CANCEL switch (locatedon the steering wheel). To properly set thecruise control system, use the following pro-cedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

● When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed.

● In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed.

● On winding or hilly roads.

● On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

● In very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CAUTION

On manual transmission models, do notshift into N (Neutral) without depressingthe clutch pedal when the cruise control isset. Should this occur, depress the clutchpedal and turn the main switch off imme-diately. Failure to do so may cause enginedamage.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 - 89 MPH (40 - 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the mainswitch. The CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment panel comes on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle tothe desired speed, push the SET/COAST switchand release it. The SET indicator light in the instru-ment panel comes on. Take your foot off the accel-erator pedal. Your vehicle maintains the set speed.

● To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previouslyset speed.

● The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

WSD0049

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)



To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods.

● Push the CANCEL button; the SET indicatorlight in the instrument panel goes out.

● Tap the brake pedal; the SET indicator lightgoes out.

● Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISEindicator light and SET indicator light in theinstrument panel go out.

The cruise control is automatically canceled andthe SET light in the instrument panel goes out if:

● you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe ACCEL/RES or SET/COAST switch.The preset speed is deleted from memory.

● the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH(13 km/h) below the set speed.

● you depress the clutch pedal (manual trans-mission), or move the shift selector lever to N(Neutral) (automatic transmission).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods.

● Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/COAST switch.

● Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.When the vehicle attains the speed you de-sire, release the switch.

● Push and release the ACCEL/RES switch.Each time you do this, the set speed in-creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods.

● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

● Push and hold the SET/COAST switch. Re-lease the switch when the vehicle slows tothe desired speed.

● Push and release the SET/COAST switch.Each time you do this, the set speed de-creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle re-turns to the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and en-sure the future reliability and economy ofyour new vehicle. Failure to follow theserecommendations may result in short-ened engine life and reduced engineperformance.

● Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow, and do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

● Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

● Avoid quick starts.

● Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

● Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km). Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE



● Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

● Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.

● Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-hicles.

● Use a proper gear range which suits roadconditions. On level roads, shift into highgear as soon as possible.

● Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

● Keep your engine tuned up.

● Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

● Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

● Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Im-proper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

● Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

● When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner andleave the windows closed to reduce drag.

● Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.See “Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tion” in “Technical and consumer informa-tion” later in this manual.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY



WARNING

● Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

● Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park) forautomatic transmission models or in anappropriate gear for manual transmis-sion models. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in an accident.

Make sure the shift lever has beenpushed as far forward as it can go andcannot be moved without depressingthe foot brake pedal.

● Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

● Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-ous accidents.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Manual transmission models:

Place the shift lever in the R (Reverse) posi-tion. When parking on an uphill grade, placethe shift lever in 1st gear.

Automatic transmission models:

Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

● HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: sA

Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

● HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: sB

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

● HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: sC

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from the cen-ter of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK positionand remove the key.

WSD0050

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS



The power assisted steering uses a hydraulicpump, driven by the engine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, especiallyin sharp turns and at low speeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will bemuch harder to operate.

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and stopping dis-tance will be longer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out thebrakes and pads faster, and reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

WARNING

● While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

● If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe brakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes returnto normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at highspeeds until the brakes function correctly.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)(if so equipped)The anti-lock brake system controls the brakes sothe wheels do not lock when braking abruptly orwhen braking on slippery surfaces. The systemdetects the rotation speed at each wheel and

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM



varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent eachwheel from locking and sliding. By preventingwheel lockup, the system helps the driver main-tain steering control and helps to minimize swerv-ing and spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system does not operate atspeeds below 3 - 6 MPH (5 - 10 km/h). (Thespeeds vary according to road conditions.)

When driving, the anti-lock brake system con-trols the wheels so they will not lock when brak-ing abruptly or when braking on a slippery road.Thus, difficult steering and swerving of the ve-hicle due to locked wheels is minimized. Thesystem detects the wheel rotation rate and elec-tronically controls the pressure applied to eachbrake. Slight vibration on the brake pedal accom-panied by noise usually occurs while the ABSsystem is operating. Such vibration and noiseencountered during abrupt braking is not a prob-

lem, but indicates that the system is functioningproperly. However, the pulsation may indicatethat road conditions are hazardous and extra careis required while driving.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists of electronicsensors and hydraulic solenoids controlled by acomputer. The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each time you startthe engine and move the vehicle at a low speed inforward or reverse. When the self-test occurs,you may hear a ‘‘clunk’’ noise and/or feel a pulsa-tion in the brake pedal. This is normal and is notan indication of any malfunction. If the computersenses any malfunction, it switches the anti-lockbrake system off and turns on the ABS brakewarning light on the instrument panel. The brakesystem then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self-test or whiledriving, take the vehicle to a NISSAN dealer forrepair.

WARNING

● The anti-lock brake system is a sophis-ticated device, but it cannot prevent ac-cidents resulting from careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. It can helpmaintain vehicle control during brakingon slippery surfaces, but remember thatthe stopping distance on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with the anti-lock brakesystem. Stopping distances may alsobe longer on rough, gravel or snow cov-ered roads, or if you are using tirechains. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from the ve-hicle in front of you. Ultimately, the re-sponsibility for safety of self and othersrests in the hands of the driver.

● Tire type and condition of tires may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

● When replacing tires, install the speci-fied size of tires on all four wheels.



● When installing a spare tire, make sureit is the proper size and type as speci-fied on the tire placard. For tire placardlocation information, refer to “Tire plac-ard” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

● Refer to “Wheels and tires” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion of this manual.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply de-icer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into the keyhole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem-perature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check theanti-freeze to assure proper winter protection.For details, see ‘‘Engine cooling system’’ in the‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of thismanual.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during extremelycold weather conditions, the battery fluid mayfreeze and damage the battery. To maintain maxi-mum efficiency, the battery should be checkedregularly. For details, see ‘‘Battery’’ in the ‘‘Main-tenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of thismanual.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.

For details, see ‘‘Changing engine coolant’’ in the‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of thismanual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate your ve-hicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recom-mends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALLSEASON TIRES on all four wheels. Pleaseconsult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type,size, speed rating and availability informa-tion.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains

COLD WEATHER DRIVING



WARNING

Tire chains/cables cannot be installed onP215/45ZR17 size tires. Installation of thetire chains/cables on P215/45ZR17 sizetires will cause damage to the vehicle. Ifyou plan to use tire chains/cables, youshould install P195/55R16 size tires onyour vehicle.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are the proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sug-gestions. Use only SAE Class “S”chains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chainsare designed to meet the minimum clear-ances between the tire and the closest ve-hicle suspension or body component re-quired to accommodate the use of a wintertraction device (tire chains or cables). Theminimum clearances are determined usingthe factory equipped tire size. Other typesmay damage your vehicle. Use chain ten-sioners when recommended by the tirechain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.Loose end links of the tire chain must be

secured or removed to prevent the possibil-ity of whipping action damage to the fendersor underbody. If possible, avoid fully loadingyour vehicle when using tire chains. In addi-tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehiclehandling and performance may be adverselyaffected.

Never install tire chains on spare tires. Donot use tire chains on dry roads.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

● A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

● A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

● A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

● Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser-voir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

● Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

● Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting toofast, the drive wheels will lose evenmore traction.

● Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

● Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

● Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patch ofice is seen ahead, brake before reach-ing it. Try not to brake while on the ice,and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.



● Do not use the cruise control on slip-pery roads.

● Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)An engine block heater to assist in extreme coldtemperature starting is available through aNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adapters. You can beinjured by an electrical shock if you use anungrounded connection.



6 In case of emergency

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . 6-12


CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructions be-low.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Shift the manual transmission into R(Reverse), or the automatic transmissioninto P (Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

● Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the manual transmission isshifted into R (Reverse), or the auto-matic transmission into P (Park).

● Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

● Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks s1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tires2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

WCE0044

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency


Getting the spare tire and tools1. Open the trunk. Lift the trunk floor carpeting

and spare tire cover. Remove the tool bagsA (which contains the jack rod and wheelnut wrench) and the spare tire. If necessary,use the flat end of the jack rod sB as shownto loosen the spare tire hold-down bolt sC .

2. To remove the jack, turn the jack screwcounterclockwise. Use the tapered end ofthe jack rod to loosen the jack from its stor-age position.

WCE0045 WCE0046

In case of emergency 6-3


Removing bolt-on wheel cover (if soequipped)

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps or wheel covers. Doing so could re-sult in personal injury.

Wheel cover attachment to the wheel is made byone of the wheel lug nuts. This wheel lug nutneeds to be removed before the wheelcover can be removed from the wheel.

Jacking up vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

WARNING

● Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

● Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use thejack provided with your vehicle on othervehicles. The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tire change.

WCE0055 WCE0006



● Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle for jacksupport.

● Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

● Never use blocks on or under the jack.

● Do not start or run engine while vehicleis on the jack. It may cause the vehicleto move.

● Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

● Never run the engine with a wheel(s) offthe ground. It may cause the vehicle tomove. Always refer to the proper illustrations for the

correct placement and jack-up points for yourspecific vehicle model and jack type.

Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

1. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands as shown. Carefullyraise the vehicle until the tire clears theground. Remove the wheel nuts, and thenremove the tire.

SCE0002



Installing the spare tire

The spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. See specific instructions under theheading “Wheels and tires” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be-tween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly as illustrated untilthey are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence illustrated (sA , sB , sC , sD ).Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

● Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

● Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.

● Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecification at each lubrication interval.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for three hours or more or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tireplacard.

5. Securely store the flat tire in the vehicle.

WCE0048



6. Install the jack in its storage area and tightenthe jack screw clockwise.

7. Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floorcarpeting over the damaged tire.

8. Close the trunk.

WARNING

● Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properly se-cured after use. Such items can becomedangerous projectiles in an accident orsudden stop.

● The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructions un-der the heading “Wheels and tires” inthe “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must be fol-lowed.

WARNING

● If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

● Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

● Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is a cor-rosive sulfuric acid solution which cancause severe burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted area withwater.

● Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

● The booster battery must be rated at 12volts. Use of an improperly rated batterycan damage your vehicle.

WCE0049

JUMP STARTING



● Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

● Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and cause se-rious injury.

● Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damage tothe charging system and cause personalinjury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring their bat-teries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift leverto N (Neutral) (manual transmission) or to P(Park) (automatic transmission). Switch offall unnecessary electrical systems (lights,heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence il-lustrated (sA , sB , sC , sD ).

WCE0054



CAUTION

● Always connect positive (1) to positive(1) and negative (2) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, enginelift bracket, etc.) — not to the battery.

● Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle andlet it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the booster ve-hicle at about 2,000 rpm, and start the en-gine of the vehicle being jump started.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, turn the key off andwait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting the engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

CAUTION

● Automatic transmission models cannotbe push-started or tow-started. At-tempting to do so may cause transmis-sion damage.

● Three-way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushing. Thethree-way catalyst may be damaged.

● Never try to start the vehicle by towingit. When the engine starts, the forwardsurge could cause the vehicle to collidewith the tow vehicle.

PUSH STARTING



If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc. take the following steps.

WARNING

● Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

● To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot. When the radiatorcap is removed, pressurized hot waterwill spurt out, possibly causing seriousinjury.

● Do not open the hood if steam is com-ing out.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the shift lever toN (Neutral) (manual transmission) or to P(Park) (automatic transmission).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner (if so equipped).Open all the windows, move the heater or airconditioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam or cool-ant is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do notopen the hood further until no steam orcoolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the en-gine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop the en-gine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine coolingfan can start at any time when the coolanttemperature is high.

6. After the engine cools down, check the cool-ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tankwith the engine running. Add coolant to theengine coolant reservoir tank if necessary.Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSANdealer.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS



When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing must befollowed. Incorrect towing equipment could dam-age your vehicle. Towing instructions are avail-able from a NISSAN dealer. Local service opera-tors are generally familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage to yourvehicle, NISSAN recommends having a serviceoperator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to havethe service operator carefully read the followingprecautions:

WARNING

● Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

● Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

● When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system andpowertrain are in working condition. Ifany unit is damaged, dollies must beused.

● Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For information about towing your vehicle behinda recreational vehicle (RV), refer to “Flat towing”in the “Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towedwith the driving (front) wheels off the ground orplace the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

ACE0511

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE



CAUTION

● Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the front wheels on theground or four wheels on the ground(forward or backward), as this maycause serious and expensive damage tothe transmission. If it is necessary totow the vehicle with the rear wheelsraised always use towing dollies underthe front wheels.

● When towing automatic transmissionmodels with the front wheels on towingdollies, or when towing manual trans-mission models with the front wheelson the ground:

– Turn the ignition key to the OFF po-sition, and secure the steering wheelin a straight-ahead position with arope or similar device. Never securethe steering wheel by turning the ig-nition key to the LOCK position. Thismay damage the steering lockmechanism.

– Move the gearshift lever to the N(Neutral) position.

● When towing automatic or manualtransmission models with the rearwheels on the ground (if you do not usetowing dollies): Always release theparking brake.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

WARNING

● Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

● Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

CAUTION

● Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to the vehicle recovery hooks ormain structural members of the vehicle.Otherwise, the vehicle body will bedamaged.

● Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of the sus-pension, steering, brake or coolingsystems.

● Always pull the cable straight out fromthe front or rear of the vehicle. Neverpull the vehicle at an angle.

● Pulling devices such as ropes or canvasstraps are not recommended for use invehicle towing or recovery.

ACE1001



If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System(if so equipped).

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.

● Shift back and forth between R (reverse)and D (drive).

● Apply the accelerator as little as possibleto maintain the rocking motion.

● Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

● Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle can not be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.




MEMO

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5


In order to maintain the appearance of your ve-hicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, please wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

● after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain.

● after driving on coastal roads.

● when contaminants such as soot, bird drop-pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs geton the paint surface.

● when dust or mud builds up on the surface.

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty ofwater. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mildsoap, a special vehicle soap or general purposedishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm(never hot) water.

CAUTION

● Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

● Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.

● Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be cleaned regularly. Take care that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle toavoid water spots.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing isrecommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforere-applying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing theproper product.

● Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash-ing. Follow the instructions supplied with thewax.

● Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

● If the surface does not polish easily, use a“road tar” remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressive polishingon a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects,and tree sap as quickly as possible from thesurface of the paint to avoid lasting damage orstaining. Special cleaning products are availableat a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessorystore.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care


UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, it isnecessary to clean the underbody regularly inorder to prevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on the un-derbody and suspension. Before the winter pe-riod and again in the spring, the underseal mustbe checked and, if necessary, retreated.

GLASS

When cleaning the rear window, it may be easierto clean if the high-mounted stop light is removedfirst.

Be careful when removing the high-mountedstop light to reduce the risk of damaging thehigh-mounted stop light wires.

To remove the high-mounted stop light:

s1 Push toward rear of vehicle.

s2 Lift to remove.

The high-mounted stop light must be properlyreinstalled before driving your vehicle.

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electri-cal conductors, radio antenna elements orrear window defroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELSWash the wheels regularly, especially during win-ter months in areas where road salt is used. If notremoved, road salt can discolor the wheels.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

WAI0005

Appearance and care 7-3


Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyl and leathersurfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened inmild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry,soft cloth. Before using any fabric protector, readthe manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fab-ric protectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

● Never use benzine, thinner or any simi-lar material.

● Never use fabric protectors unless rec-ommended by the manufacturer.

● Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It may dam-age the lens cover.

FLOOR MATSThe use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex-tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. No matter whatmats are used, be sure they are fitted foryour vehicle and are properly positioned inthe footwell to prevent interference withpedal operation. Mats should be maintainedwith regular cleaning and replaced if they be-come excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s sideonly)This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket toact as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for your ve-hicle model. The driver’s side floor mat has agrommet hole incorporated in it. Position the matby placing the floor mat bracket hook through thefloor mat grommet hole while centering the mat inthe footwell.

Periodically check to make certain the mats areproperly positioned.

WAI0006

CLEANING INTERIOR



SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution.Allow the belts to dry completely in the shadebefore using them. See “Seat belt maintenance”in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts and supplemen-tal restraint system” section of this manual.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seat belts,since these materials may severelyweaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

● The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

● Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the ve-hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion.Wet floor coverings will not dry completely insidethe vehicle, and should be removed for drying toavoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing and whereatmospheric pollution exists and road salt isused.

Temperature

High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro-sion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use acceler-ates the corrosion process. Road salt also accel-erates the disintegration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION

● Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

● Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

● Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

● Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

● NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-bris from the passenger compartmentby washing it out with a hose. Removedirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5


● Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines,brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust and corro-sion, which may be required in some areas, con-sult a NISSAN dealer.



8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Explanation of general maintenance items . . . . . . . . . 8-2Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Automatic transmission fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Temperature conditions for checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Power steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18

Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Window washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20

Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

In-cabin Microfilter (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26

Parking brake and brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Checking parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Checking brake pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Brake booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33

Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38Tire labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-41Types of tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-45Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45


Your new NISSAN has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements with longerservice intervals to save you both time andmoney. However, some day-to-day and regularmaintenance is essential to maintain your NIS-SAN’s good mechanical condition, as well as itsemission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the mainte-nance chain.

Scheduled maintenance

For your convenience, both required and optionalscheduled maintenance items are described andlisted in your “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide.” You must refer to that guide to ensurethat necessary maintenance is performed on yourNISSAN at regular intervals.

General maintenance

General maintenance includes those items whichshould be checked during normal day-to-day op-eration. They are essential for proper vehicle op-eration. It is your responsibility to perform thesemaintenance procedures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks requiresminimal mechanical skill and only a few generalautomotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done by you,a qualified technician, or, if you prefer, a NISSANdealer.

Where to go for service

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistswho are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership training programs. Theyare completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve-hicles before they work on your vehicle, ratherthan after they have worked on it.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job to meetthe maintenance requirements on your vehicle —in a reliable and economic way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmells, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify a NISSAN dealer if you think thatrepairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance precau-tions” later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood Check that the doorsand engine hood operate properly. Also ensurethat all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges,latches, latch pins, rollers and links as necessary.Make sure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primary latch isreleased.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself


When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights* Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts* When checking the tires,make sure no wheel nuts are missing, and checkfor any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires* Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. If neces-sary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including thespare, to the pressure specified. Check carefullyfor damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheelalignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

● For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe Warranty Information Booklet .

Windshield Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have a dam-aged windshield repaired by a qualified repairfacility.

Windshield wiper blades* Check for cracks orwear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as when per-forming periodic maintenance, cleaning the ve-hicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure the pedal does not bindor require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat awayfrom the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) positionmechanism Check that the lock release buttonon the shift selector lever operates properly andsmoothly. On a fairly steep hill check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selector lever inthe P (Park) position without applying any brakes.

Brake pedal and booster* Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure it has the properdistance under it when depressed fully. Checkthe brake booster function. Be certain to keep thefloor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Clutch pedal* Make sure the pedal operatessmoothly and check that it has the proper freetravel.

Parking brake* Check that the lever has theproper travel and confirm that your vehicle is heldsecurely on a fairly steep hill with only the parkingbrake applied.

Seats Check seat position controls such as seatadjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure theyoperate smoothly and all latches lock securely inevery position. Check that the head restraintsmove up and down smoothly and the locks (if soequipped) hold securely in all latched positions.

Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the belt web-bing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer-ing system, such as excessive freeplay, hardsteering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operating properly.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3


Windshield wiper and washer* Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Windshield defroster Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly and insufficient quantity when operating the heater orair conditioner.

Under the hood and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Automatic transmission fluid level* Checkthe level after putting the selector lever in P withthe engine idling at operating temperature.

Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines. Ve-hicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

Brake and clutch fluid levels* Make sure thatthe brake and clutch fluid level is between theMIN and MAX lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level* Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts* Make sure the drive beltsare not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level* Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level surface with the engine off.Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drainback into the oil pan.

Exhaust system Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. See thecarbon monoxide warning in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil,water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it corrected imme-diately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.

Underbody The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances from theunderbody, otherwise rust may form on the floorpan, frame, fuel lines and exhaust system. At theend of winter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, in those areaswhere mud and dirt may have accumulated. Seethe “Appearance and care” section of thismanual.

Windshield washer fluid* Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.



When performing any inspection or maintenancework on your vehicle, always take care to preventserious accidental injury to yourself or damage tothe vehicle. The following are general precau-tions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

● Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-ply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the vehiclefrom moving. For manual transmissionmodels, move the shift lever to N (Neu-tral). For automatic transmission mod-els, move the selector lever to P (Park).

● Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

● Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related component har-nesses disconnected while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

● Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

● Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may comeon at any time without warning, even ifthe ignition key is in the OFF position

and the engine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect the negativebattery cable before working near the fan.

● If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans, beltsand any other moving parts.

● It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.

● Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

● If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be surethere is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.

● Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, supportit with safety stands.

● Keep smoking materials, flame and sparksaway from the fuel tank and battery.

● On gasoline engine models with themultiport fuel injection (MFI) system,the fuel filter or fuel lines should be

serviced by a NISSAN dealer becausethe fuel lines are under high pressureeven when the engine is off.

CAUTION

● Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

● Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engineoil, engine coolant and/or other vehiclefluids can damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluid.

This “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail-able. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual or-der information” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

You should be aware that incomplete or improperservicing may result in operating difficulties orexcessive emissions, and could affect warrantycoverage. If in doubt about any servicing,have it done by a NISSAN dealer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS



QG18DE engine

1. Engine oil filler cap2. Spark plug caps/ignition coils3. Brake fluid reservoir4. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T model)5. Air cleaner6. Battery7. Fuse/Fusible link box8. Radiator cap9. Engine oil dipstick10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir11. Engine coolant reservoir12. Power steering fluid reservoir

WDI0024

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS



QR25DE engine

1. Engine oil filler cap2. Spark plug caps3. Brake fluid reservoir4. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T model)5. Air cleaner6. Battery7. Fuse/Fusible link box8. Radiator cap9. Engine oil dipstick10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir11. Engine coolant reservoir12. Power steering fluid reservoir

NOTE:

Engine cover removed for clarity.

LDI0108



The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection. The anti-freezesolution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors.Additional engine cooling system additives arenot necessary.

WARNING

● Never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiator cooldown. Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. See precautions in “If yourvehicle overheats” found in the “In caseof emergency” section of this manual.

● The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure type radiator cap. To prevent en-gine damage, use only a genuineNISSAN radiator cap.

Outside temperaturedown to

GenuineNISSANLong Life

Antifreeze/Coolant orequivalent

Demineral-ized or dis-tilled water

°C °F

-35 -30 50% 50%

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, be sureto use only a Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green) or equivalentwith the proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralized or distilledwater. The use of other types of coolantsolutions or coolant colors, such as or-ange, may damage the engine coolingsystem.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level, add coolant to the MAX level. If thereservoir is empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening and also addit to the reservoir up to the MAX level.

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by a NISSANdealer.

WDI0168

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM



CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTMajor cooling system repairs should be per-formed by a NISSAN dealer. The service proce-dures can be found in the NISSAN ServiceManual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

● To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

● Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.

● Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

● Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of prop-erly. Check your local regulations.

1. Open the radiator drain plug by turning itcounterclockwise.

QG18DE engineWDI0169

QR25DE engineWDI0170



2. Open the drain plug on the engine block.

3. Open the radiator cap to drain the coolant.

● Waste coolant must be disposed of prop-erly.

● Check your local regulations.

4. Flush the cooling system by running freshwater through the radiator.

5. Close the drain plugs on the radiator and theengine block securely.

6. See the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section for cooling system capacity. Fillthe radiator slowly with the proper mixture ofcoolant and water. Fill the reservoir tank upto the MAX level.

7. For QG18DE engine only, open and closethe air release plug(s) to release air. Then fillthe radiator again and install the radiatorcap.

8. Start the engine, and warm it up until itreaches normal operating temperature.Then race the engine two or three timesunder no load. Watch the engine coolanttemperature gauge for signs of overheating.

9. Stop the engine. After it completely coolsdown, refill the radiator up to the filler open-ing. Fill the engine coolant reservoir tank upto the MAX level.

10. For QG18DE engine only, open and closethe air release plug(s) to release air. Then fillthe radiator again and install the radiatorcap.

11. Check the drain plugs on the radiator andthe engine block for any sign of leakage. ForQG18DE only, also check the air releaseplug for any sign of leakage.





CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Re-insert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be between the H (High) andL (Low) marks sB . This is the normal oper-ating oil level range. If the oil level is belowthe L (Low) mark sA , remove the oil filler capand pour recommended oil through theopening. Do not overfill sC .

QG18DE engine

WDI0173

QR25DE engine

WDI0174

Type AWDI0175

ENGINE OIL



6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the severityof operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Op-erating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, andsuch damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature, then turn it off.

3. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it coun-terclockwise.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

5. Remove the drain plug with a wrench byturning it counterclockwise and completelydrain the oil.

If the oil filter is to be changed, remove andreplace it at this time. See “Changing engineoil filter” later in this section.

WARNING

● Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

Type BWDI0176

QG18DE engine

WDI0177

QR25DE engine

WDI0178



● Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

● Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.

● Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

● Check your local regulations.

6. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a newwasher. Securely tighten the drain plug witha wrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 - 29 ft-lb (29 - 39 N·m)

7. Refill engine with recommended oil throughthe oil filler opening, then install the oil fillercap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual fordrain and refill capacity.

The drain and refill capacity depends on theoil temperature and drain time. Use thesespecifications for reference only. Always usethe dipstick to determine when the properamount of oil is in the engine.

8. Start the engine. Check for leakage aroundthe drain plug and oil filter. Correct as re-quired.

9. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.Add engine oil if necessary.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Place a large drain pan under the oil filter.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrenchby turning it counterclockwise. Then removethe oil filter by turning it by hand.




CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old gasket materialremaining on the mounting surface of theengine.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

7. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistanceis felt, then tighten an additional 2/3 turn.

8. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

9. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level. Add engine oil ifnecessary.

WARNING

● When the engine is running, keephands, jewelry and clothing away fromany moving parts such as the coolingfan and drive belts.

● Automatic transmission fluid is poison-ous and should be stored carefully inmarked containers out of the reach ofchildren.


AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID



TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS FORCHECKING

● The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range on the dipstick after the followingconditions have been met:

– The engine should be warmed up to op-erating temperature.

– The vehicle should be driven at least 5minutes.

– The automatic transmission fluid shouldbe warmed to 122 - 176°F (50 - 80°C).

● The fluid can be checked at fluid tempera-tures of 86 - 122°F (30 - 50°C) using theCOLD range on the dipstick after the engineis warmed up and before driving. However,the fluid should be re-checked using theHOT range.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and setthe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and then move the shiftselector lever through each gear range, end-ing in P (Park).

3. Check the fluid level with the engine idling.

QG18DE engine

WDI0181

QR25DE engine

WDI0182



4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean withlint-free paper.

5. Reinsert the dipstick into the dipstick tubeas far as it will go.

6. Remove the dipstick and note the reading. Ifthe automatic transmission fluid level iswithin the normal operating range sB , noadditional fluid is required. If the fluid level islow sA add fluid through the dipstick tube.

CAUTION

DO NOT OVERFILL. Use ONLY GenuineNissan Matic D ATF (Continental U.S. andAlaska) or Canada NISSAN AutomaticTransmission Fluid. DEXRON™III/MERCON™ or equivalent may also beused. Outside the continental UnitedStates and Alaska contact a NISSAN deal-ership for more information regardingsuitable fluids, including recommendedbrand(s) of DEXRON™ III/MERCON™ au-tomatic transmission fluid.

NOTE:

If the vehicle has been driven for a longtime at high speeds, or in city traffic in hotweather, or if it is being used to pull atrailer, the fluid level cannot be read accu-rately. You should wait until the fluid hascooled down (about 30 minutes) beforechecking fluid level.

WDI0183



The fluid level should be checked using the HOTMAX range on the power steering fluid reservoirat fluid temperatures of 122° - 176°F (50° -80°C) or using the COLD MAX range on thepower steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera-tures of 32° - 86°F (0° - 30°C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, add GenuineNISSAN PSF fluid. Remove the cap and fillthrough the opening.

CAUTION

● DO NOT OVERFILL.

● Recommended fluid is GenuineNISSAN PSF or equivalent.

For further brake and clutch fluid specificationinformation, refer to “Capacities and recom-mended fuel/lubricants” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of this manual.

WARNING

Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated fluidmay damage the brake and clutch sys-tems. The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect the vehi-cle’s stopping ability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, immediately wash the surfacewith water.

BRAKE FLUIDCheck the brake fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid level is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add Genuine NISSANSuper Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT3 fluid up to the MAX line. If fluid must be addedfrequently, the system should be checked by aNISSAN dealer.

LDI0433 WDI0185

POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID



CLUTCH FLUIDCheck the clutch fluid level in the reservoir(manual transmissions only). If the fluid level isbelow the MIN line, add Genuine NISSAN SuperHeavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluidup to the MAX line. If fluid must be added fre-quently, the system should be checked by aNISSAN dealer.

For further brake and clutch fluid specificationinformation, refer to “Capacities and recom-mended fuel/lubricants” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of this manual.

WINDOW WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIR

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically.Add window washer fluid when the low windowwasher fluid warning light comes on (if soequipped).

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift thecap off the reservoir tank and pour the windowwasher fluid into the tank opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s in-structions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount of win-dow washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind-shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

● Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to the paint.

● Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.

● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not use the window washer reservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concen-trate and water.

WDI0186 WDI0187

WINDOW WASHER FLUID



● Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Anycorrosion should be washed off with a solu-tion of baking soda and water.

● Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

● If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (-) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharge.

WARNING

● Do not expose the battery to flames orelectrical sparks. Hydrogen gas gener-ated by the battery is explosive. Do notallow battery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Aftertouching a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughlywash your hands. If the acid contactsyour eyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 minutesand seek medical attention.

● Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid inthe battery is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the batterywhich can generate heat, reduce bat-tery life, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

● When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

● Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

● Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

1. Remove the battery caps with a screwdriveras shown.

If the battery is equipped with pry-off typecaps, use a cloth to protect the battery case.

Type AWDI0224

BATTERY



2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it isnecessary to add fluid , add only distilledwater to bring the level up to the bottom ofthe filler opening. Do not overfill.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”in the “In case of emergency” section of thismanual. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact a NISSAN dealer.

Type BWDI0188

LDI0302



1. Power steering oil pump2. Water pump3. Idler4. Generator5. A/C compressor6. Crankshaft

: Tension checking points

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If thebelt is in poor condition or is loose, have itreplaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule found in the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”.

1. Power steering fluid pump2. Water pump3. Generator4. A/C compressor (if so equipped)5. Crankshaft6. Auto tensioner



DRIVE BELTS



REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch areoff and that the parking brake is engagedsecurely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to re-move the spark plugs. An incorrect socketcan damage the spark plugs.

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace platinum-tippedspark plugs as frequently as conventional typespark plugs because they last much longer. Fol-low the maintenance log shown in the “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”. Do not serviceplatinum-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re-gapping.

● Always replace spark plugs with rec-ommended or equivalent ones.

1. Remove the engine cover (QR25DE engine).

2. Disconnect the ignition coil connectors. Re-move the ignition coil bolts.

3. Disconnect the ignition coils from the sparkplugs.

4. Remove the spark plugs with a spark plugsocket.

The plug socket has a rubber seal that holdsthe spark plug so it does not fall when it ispulled out. Make sure each spark plug issnugly fitted into the spark plug socket.

5. Fit the new plugs, one at a time, into thespark plug socket and install them. Useonly the specified spark plugs. Turneach plug several full turns by hand, thentighten with the spark plug socket to thecorrect torque. Do not overtighten.

Spark plug tightening torque:14 - 22 ft-lb (20 - 29 N·m)

6. Holding the boot, reconnect each high ten-sion cable/ignition coil to its proper sparkplug by pushing it on until you feel a snap.

7. Install the ignition coil bolts.

Ignition coil bolt tightening torque:33 - 44 in-lb (3.8 - 5.0 N·m)

Connect the ignition coil connector.

8. Install the engine cover (QR25DE engine).

WDI0005

SPARK PLUGS



The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenancelog shown in the “NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide.” When replacing the filter, wipe theinside of the air cleaner filter housing and thecover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

● Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you or oth-ers to be burned. The air cleaner notonly cleans the air, it stops the flame ifthe engine backfires. If it isn’t there, andthe engine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with the air cleanerremoved, and be careful when workingon the engine with the air cleanerremoved.

● Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could resultin serious injury.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER (if soequipped)The in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air-borne dust and pollen particles and reducessome objectionable outside odors. The filter islocated behind the glove box. Refer to the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide” forchange intervals.

To change the filter, perform the following proce-dure:

1. Remove the glove box door by removing thetwo lower hinge pins.

ADI0631 LDI0139

AIR CLEANER



2. Remove the two screws securing the glovebox frame.

3. Remove the two screws securing the glovebox door latch. Remove the latch by pulling itdown.

4. Remove the glove box frame by pulling itaway from the instrument panel to disen-gage the retaining clips.

5. Remove the filter cover from the intake unitby disengaging the two hook tabs at thebottom of the cover. Remove the filter.

NOTE: The filter is marked “UP” with an arrow.The end of the filter with the arrow should face therear of the vehicle.

6. Slide the filter into the housing.

LDI0140 LDI0141 LDI0142



NOTE: Make sure the filter sits on top of the twosupporting tabs on the housing.

7. Replace the cover by inserting the uppertabs inside the housing slot and pushing thehook tabs until they snap onto the housinglip.

8. Install the glove box frame and latch.

9. Install the glove box door.

10. Fill out the date information and the smallreplacement label and attach it to the glovebox lid.

LDI0143



CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with a washersolution or a mild detergent. Your windshield isclean if beads do not form when rinsing with clearwater.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soakedin a washer solution or a mild detergent. Thenrinse the blades with clear water. If your wind-shield is still not clear after cleaning the bladesand using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can dam-age the windshield and impair drivervision.

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

s1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

s2 Push the release tab, then move the wiperblade down the wiper arm to remove.

s3 Remove the wiper blade.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until it clicks into place.

CAUTION

● After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged when thehood is opened.

● Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arms may be dam-aged from wind pressure.

WDI0194

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES



If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful notto let wax get into the washer nozzle s1 . This maycause clogging or improper windshield washeroperation. If wax gets into the nozzle, remove itwith a needle or small pin s2 .

CHECKING PARKING BRAKEFrom the released position, pull the parking brakelever up slowly and firmly. If the number of clicks isout of the range listed, see a NISSAN dealer.

● 6 - 7 clicks under pulling force of 44 lb (196N).

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distance Abetween the upper surface of the pedal and themetal floor. If it is out of the range shown, see aNISSAN dealer.

Distance A: under depressing force of 110lb (490 N)

AutomaticTransmission

ManualTransmission

3 1/2 in (90 mm) or more

WDI0424

WDI0196 WDI0197

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL



Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front (and rear, if so equipped) disc-typebrakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal isapplied. The rear drum-type brakes also self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied.

If the brake pedal goes down farther than normal,it may be due to a lack of adjustment of the reardrum brakes. To adjust, apply the parking brakeseveral times.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brake systemcheck if the brake pedal height does notreturn to normal.

Brake pad wear indicatorsThe disc brake pads on your vehicle have audiblewear indicators. When a brake pad requires re-placement, a high pitched scraping or screech-ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is inmotion. The noise will be heard whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear indicatorsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may

be heard. Occasional brake noise during light tomoderate stops is normal and does not affect thefunction or performance of the brake system.

The rear drum brakes (if so equipped) do nothave audible wear indicators. Should you everhear an unusually loud noise from the rear drumbrakes, have them inspected as soon as possibleby a NISSAN dealer.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For more information regardingbrake inspections, see the appropriate mainte-nance schedule information in the “NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide”.

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release thebrake pedal several times. When brakepedal movement (distance of travel) remainsthe same from one pedal application to thenext, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start theengine. The pedal height should drop a little.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keep the pedal depressed for about30 seconds. The pedal height should notchange.

4. Run the engine for one minute without de-pressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.Depress the brake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease graduallywith each depression as the vacuum is re-leased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.



ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not come on,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are OFF.


3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing thetab and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller. Thefuse puller is located in the center of the fuseblock in the passenger compartment.

5. If the fuse is open sA , replace it with a newfuse sB .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

Fusible linksIf the electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace with only genuine NISSAN parts.

WDI0199 WDI0452

FUSES



PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Remove the coin box sA .

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller sB . Thefuse puller is located in the center of the fuseblock.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a knowngood fuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

6. Install the coin box.

WDI0201



Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

s1 Open the lid using a coin.

s2 Remove the battery.

s3 Install a new battery with the “+” facingdown.

Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 orequivalent.

s4 Close the lid securely.

Type AWPD0116

BATTERY REPLACEMENT



5. Press the LOCK or button, then theUNLOCK or button two or three timesto check the keyfob operation.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 5.

● An improperly disposed battery canhurt the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

● The keyfob is water-resistant; how-ever, if it does get wet, immediatelywipe completely dry.

● The operational range of the keyfobextends to approximately 49 ft (15 m)from the vehicle. This range may varywith conditions.

FCC Notice:Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the manufacturer for compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause undes-ired operation of the device.

Type BLPD0214



HEADLIGHTSThe headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. Abulb can be replaced from inside the engine com-partment without removing the headlight assembly.

CAUTION

● High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope is scratchedor the bulb is dropped.

● When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

● DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB● Use the same number and wattage as

originally installed:

Wattage 65/55Bulb No. H13/9008*

*: Always check with the Parts Depart-ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latestparts information.

● Do not leave the bulb out of the head-light reflector for a long period of timeas dust, moisture and smoke may enterthe headlight body and affect the per-formance of the headlight.

● Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment isnecessary, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Removing the headlight bulb


2. Disconnect the battery cables.

3. If removing the driver’s side headlight bulb,remove the battery and cover.

4. Disconnect the bulb connector. Pull backthe red tab and take off the connector.

5. Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and re-move. sA .

6. Pull out the headlight bulb and socket as anassembly. Do not shake or rotate the bulbwhen removing it. Do not touch the glassenvelope sB .

Replacing the headlight bulbInstall in the reverse order of removal.

DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB.

CAUTION

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Adjusting the headlight aimIf the headlights need aiming adjustment, pleasesee a NISSAN dealer.LDI0347

LIGHTS



FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)Replacing the fog light bulb

CAUTION

● High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope is scratchedor the bulb is dropped.

● When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

● Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed:

Wattage 55 Bulb No. H11*

*: Always check with the Parts Depart-ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latestparts information.

● Do not leave the bulb out of the fog lightfor a long period of time as dust, mois-ture and smoke may enter the fog lightbody and affect the performance of thefog light.

1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.

2. Disconnect the bulb connector. Pull downand take off the connector.

3. Rotate the bulb sA counterclockwise andremove.

4. Remove by pulling it straight out of the foglight assembly. Do not shake or rotate thebulb when removing it. Do not touch theglass envelope.sB .

5. Install in the reverse order of removal.

LDI0348



EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.*

Headlights 65/55 9008(H13)

Parking and turnsignal light 8/27 3157AK

Fog light (if soequipped) 55 H11

Map light (if soequipped) 8 68

Interior light 8 68

Rear combinationlight

Turn 27 1156

Stop/tail 27/8 1157

Side marker 3.8 194

High-mounted stoplight

Inside 18 921

Spoiler (if soequipped)

See a NISSANdealer for

assistance.

License plate light 5 194

Backup light 18 921

Trunk light 3.4 158

* Always check with the Parts Department at aNISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.

1. Map lights (if so equipped)2. Interior light3. Front combination light4. Front fog light (if so equipped)5. High-mounted stoplight6. License plate lights7. Stoplight in rear spoiler (if so equipped)8. Backup lights9. Rear combination light

WDI0346



Indicates bulb removalIndicates bulb replacement

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D. Whenreplacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/orcover.

Use a cloth s1 to protect the interior light hous-ing.

WDI0257

Interior lightWDI0206

Trunk light (if so equipped)WDI0207



Loosen the connector by turning it counterclock-wise s1 .

Use flat nose pliers to turn the bulb socket.License plate light

WDI0208

Backup lightWDI0209

Rear combination light side maker bulbLDI0349



If you have a flat tire, see the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire inflation pressure

Check the tire pressures (including the spare)often and always prior to long distance trips. Therecommended tire pressure specifications areshown on the Tire and Loading Information label(this label is also known as the tire placard) underthe 9Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressure9heading. The Tire and Loading Information labelis affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tirepressures should be checked regularly because:

● Most tires naturally lose air over time.

● Tires can lose air suddenly when driven overpotholes or other objects or if the vehiclestrikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked when thetires are cold. The tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has been parked for 3 or morehours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including under in-flation, may adversely affect tire life andvehicle handling.

WARNING

● Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-denly and cause an accident.

● The vehicle weight capacity is indicatedon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading your vehiclemay result in reduced tire life, unsafeoperating conditions due to prematuretire failure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also result infailure of other vehicle components.

● Before taking a long trip, or wheneveryou heavily load your vehicle, use a tirepressure gauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specified level.

● Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH(137 km/h) unless it is equipped withhigh speed rated tires. Driving fasterthan 85 MPH (137 km/h) may result intire failure, loss of control and possibleinjury.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

WHEELS AND TIRES



Tire and loading information label (forUS) (if so equipped)

s1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that should beseated in the vehicle.

s2 Vehicle load limit: See loading infor-mation in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section.

s3 Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

s4 Recommended cold tire inflationpressure: Inflate the tires to this pres-sure when the tires are cold. Tires areconsidered COLD after the vehiclehas been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set by themanufacturer to provide the best bal-ance of tire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicles GVWR.

s5 Tire size – refer to “Tire labeling” laterin this section.

s6 and s7 Spare tire size or compactspare tire size (if so equipped).

Type ALDI0392



Tire and loading information label (forUS)

s1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that should beseated in the vehicle.

s2 Vehicle load limit: See loading infor-mation in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section.

s3 Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

s4 Recommended cold tire inflationpressure: Inflate the tires to this pres-sure when the tires are cold. Tires areconsidered COLD after the vehiclehas been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set by themanufacturer to provide the best bal-ance of tire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicles GVWR.

s5 Tire size – refer to “Tire labeling” laterin this section.

s6 and s7 Spare tire size or compactspare tire size (if so equipped).

Type BLDI0427



Checking tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not press toohard or force the valve stem side-ways, or air will escape. If the hissingof air escaping from the tire is heardwhile checking the pressure, reposi-tion the gauge to eliminate this leak-age.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare to the specifica-tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tip ofthe gauge stem to release pressure.Recheck the pressure and add orrelease air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other tires,

including the spare.

Size Cold Tire Infla-tion Pressure

FrontOriginal Tire

P195/60R15P195/55R16P215/45ZR17

230 kPa, 33 PSI230 kPa, 33 PSI230 kPa, 33 PSI

RearOriginal Tire

P195/60R15P195/55R16P215/45ZR17

210 kPa, 30 PSI210 kPa, 30 PSI230 kPa, 33 PSI

Spare Tire T125/70*15T135/90*15T135/70*17

420 kPa, 60 PSI

* “R” or “D” depending on tire manufac-turer.

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on thesidewall of all tires. This information iden-tifies and describes the fundamentalcharacteristics of the tire and also pro-vides the tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. The TINcan be used to identify the tire in case of arecall.

LDI0393 WDI0394



s1 Tire size (example: P215/65R15 95H)

1. P: The 9P9 indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles.

2. Three-digit number: This numbergives the width in millimeters of thetire from sidewall edge to sidewalledge.

3. Two-digit number: This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The 9R9 stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number: This number is thewheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number: Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weighteach tire can support. You may notfind this information on all tires be-cause it is not required by law.

7. Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

WDI0395



s2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the 9Depart-ment Of Transportation.9 The symbolcan be placed above, below or to theleft or right of Tire Identification Num-ber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufac-ture

6. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. For ex-ample, the numbers 3103 means the31st week of 2003. If these numbersare missing, then look on the othersidewall of the tire.

s3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufactur-ers also must indicate the materials in thetire, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and others.

s4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sure

This number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should be put in the tire. Donot exceed the maximum permissible in-flation pressure.

s5 Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum loadin kilograms and pounds that can be car-ried by the tire. When replacing the tireson the vehicle, always use a tire that hasthe same load rating as the factory in-stalled tire.

s6 Term of ”tubeless” or ”tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires an in-ner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).

WDI0396



s7 The word ”radial”

The word 9radial9 is shown if the tire hasradial structure.

s8 Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding on theother sidewall of the tire, or (2) the out-ward facing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side that mustalways face outward when mounted on avehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

● When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) andconstruction. A NISSAN dealer may beable to help you with information abouttire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

● Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.


All season tires

NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod-els to provide good performance all year, includ-ing snowy and icy road conditions. All Seasontires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&Son the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snowtraction than All Season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

NISSAN specifies summer tires on some modelsto provide superior performance on dry roads.Summer tire performance is substantially re-duced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not havethe tire traction rating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratingsthan factory equipped tires and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed. Never ex-ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tiresmay be used. However, some U.S. states andCanadian provinces prohibit their use. Checklocal, state and provincial laws before installing



studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTION

Tire chains/cables cannot be installed onP215/45ZR17 size tires. Installation of thetire chains/cables on P215/45ZR17 sizetires will cause damage to the vehicle. Ifyou plan to use tire chains/cables, youshould install P195/55R16 size tires onyour vehicle.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited according tolocation. Check the local laws before installingtire chains. When installing tire chains, make surethey are the proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEclass “S” chains. Class 9S9 chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are de-signed to meet the minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspension orbody component required to accommodate theuse of a winter traction device (tire chains orcables). The minimum clearances are determinedusing the factory equipped tires. Other types maydamage your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when

recommended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chainmust be secured or removed to prevent the pos-sibility of whipping action damage to the fendersor underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading yourvehicle when using tire chains. In addition, driveat a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle maybe damaged and/or vehicle handling and perfor-mance may be adversely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on thefront wheels and not on the rear wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving withchains in such conditions can cause damage tothe various mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

NISSAN recommends rotating the tiresevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

See “Flat tire” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual for tire re-placing procedures.

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

WDI0258



Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-ened to specifications at all times. Itis recommended that wheel nuts betightened to specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

● After rotating the tires, check andadjust the tire pressure.

● Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

● Do not include the spare tire inthe tire rotation.

● For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

1. Wear indicator2. Location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

● Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulg-ing or objects caught in the tread.If excessive wear, cracks, bulgingor deep cuts are found, the tire(s)should be replaced.

● The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

● Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personal in-jury. If it is necessary to repair thespare tire, contact a NISSANdealer.

● For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. Recommended types andsizes are shown in “Wheels and tires” in the“Technical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.

WDI0259



WARNING

● The use of tires other than those recom-mended or the mixed use of tires ofdifferent brands, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), or tread patternscan adversely affect the ride, braking,handling, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance,speedometer calibration, headlight aimand bumper height. Some of these ef-fects may lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

● If the wheels are changed for any rea-son, always replace with wheels whichhave the same off-set dimension.Wheels of a different off-set couldcause premature tire wear, degrade ve-hicle handling characteristics and/orinterference with the brakediscs/drums. Such interference canlead to decreased braking efficiencyand/or early brake pad/shoe wear. Re-fer to “Wheels and tires” in the “Techni-cal and consumer information” sectionof this manual for wheel off-setdimensions.

● Do not install a deformed wheel or tireeven if it has been repaired. Suchwheels or tires could have structuraldamage and could fail without warning.

● The use of retread tires is notrecommended.


Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can getout of balance. Therefore, they should be bal-anced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet .

Care of wheels

● Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

● Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

● Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

● Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

● NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt in areaswhere it is used during winter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire)

Observe the following precautions if the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used.Otherwise, your vehicle could be damaged orinvolved in an accident:



WARNING

● The spare tire should be used for emer-gency use only. It should be replacedwith the standard tire at the first oppor-tunity to avoid possible tire or differen-tial damage.

● Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.

● Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressure ofthe TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireat 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

● With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive the vehicle atspeeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

● When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used on therear wheels and the original tire usedon the front wheels (drive wheels). Usetire chains only on the front (original)tires.

● Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a faster ratethan the standard tire. Replace thespare tire as soon as the tread wearindicators appear.

● Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

● Do not use more than one spare tire atthe same time.

● Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION

● Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chainswill not fit properly and may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

● Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also, do not drivethe vehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.



9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . 9-2Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Vehicle identification number(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Tire placard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Towing load/specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . 9-22Event data recorders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . 9-24

In the event of a collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25


The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 13–1/4 gal 11 gal 50 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91)*1

Engine oil *7Drain and Refill

With oil filter change QG18DE 2–7/8 qt 2–3/8 qt 2.7• API Certification Mark *2 *3• API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving *2 *3• ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II, or GF-III*2 *3

QR25DE 4–1/4 qt 3–1/2 qt 4.0

Without oil filter change QG18DE 2–5/8 qt 2–1/4 qt 2.5

QR25DE 4 qt 3–3/8 qt 3.8

Cooling systemWith reservoirManual transmission: QR25DE 1–3/4 gal 1–1/2 gal 6.8

50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalent50% Demineralized or distilled water

QG18DE 1–3/4 gal 1–1/2 gal 6.7

Automatic transmission: QR25DE 1–3/4 gal 1–1/2 gal 6.7

QG18DE 1–3/4 gal 1–1/2 gal 6.6

Manual transmission gear oil QG18DE 3–1/8 qt 2–5/8 qt 3.0 API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-85

QR25DE 2–3/8 qt 2.0 qt 2.2 Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid HQ Multi 75W-85 or equivalent

Automatic transmission fluid

Refill to the proper level according to theinstructions in the “Do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN AutomaticTransmission Fluid.*4

Power steering fluid (PSF) Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.*8

Brake and clutch fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent Dot 3

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*6

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type R or equivalent*6

Windshield washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For further details, see “Fuel recommendation.”*2: For further details, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations.”*3: For further details, see “Recommended SAE engine oil viscosity.”*4: DEXRON™ III/MERCON™ or equivalent may also be used. Outside the Continental United States and Alaska contact an authorized NISSAN dealership for more information regarding suitable fluids, including

recommended brand(s) of DEXRON™ III/MERCON™ Automatic Transmission Fluid.*5: Available in mainland USA through your authorized NISSAN dealer.*6: For further details, see “Air conditioner specification label.”*7: For further details, see “Changing engine oil.”*8: For Canada, NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF), DEXRON™ III/MERCON™, or equivalent ATF may also be used.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information


FUEL RECOMMENDATION

For 1.8L/2.5L engines

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-ber (Research octane number 91).

For SE-R SPEC V


For improved vehicle performance, NISSAN rec-ommends the use of unleaded premium gasolinewith an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number(Research octane number 96).

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol system, and may also affect the war-ranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will dam-age the three-way catalyst.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter specificationswhere it is available. Many of the automobile

manufacturers developed this specification toimprove emission system and vehicle perfor-mance. Ask your service station manager if thegasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Charterspecifications.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu-lated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy-genates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanol withor without advertising their presence. NISSANdoes not recommend the use of fuels of which theoxygenate content and the fuel compatibility foryour NISSAN cannot be readily determined. If indoubt, ask your service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

● The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

● If an oxygenate-blend other thanmethanol blend is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

● If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is not avail-able to ensure that all methanol blendsare suitable for use in NISSAN ve-hicles.

If any driveability problems such as engine stall-ing and difficult hot-starting are experienced afterusing oxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

Technical and consumer information 9-3


Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injec-tor cleaner, octane booster, intake valve depositremovers, etc.) which are sold commercially.Many of these additives intended for gum, varnishor deposit removal may contain active solvents orsimilar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuelsystem and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock.” (“Sparkknock” is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, have a NISSAN dealer correct thecondition. Failure to correct the conditionis misuse of the vehicle, for which NISSANis not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or enginedamage. If any of the above symptoms are en-countered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.



ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose engine oil with the cor-rect quality and viscosity to ensure satisfactoryengine life and performance. NISSAN recom-mends the use of a low friction oil (energy con-serving oil) in order to improve fuel economy andconserve energy. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used as theycould cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the American Petro-leum Institute (API) CERTIFICATION MARK on

the front of the container should be used. Thistype of oil supersedes the existing API SG, SH, orSJ and Energy Conserving II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the API CERTI-FICATION MARK, use API grade SL EnergyConserving oil. An oil with a single designationSL, or in combination with other categories (forexample, SL/CF) may also be used if one with theAPI CERTIFICATION MARK cannot be found. AnILSAC grade GF-III oil can also be used.

NISSAN recommends mineral based oils. Theseoils must, however, meet the API quality and SAEviscosity ratings specified for your vehicle.

Oil additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is not neces-sary when the proper oil type is used and main-tenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or has beenpreviously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantto select the engine oil viscosity based on thetemperatures at which the vehicle will be oper-ated before the next oil change. The chart “Rec-ommended SAE viscosity number” shows therecommended oil viscosities for the expectedambient temperatures. Choosing an oil viscosityother than that recommended could cause seri-ous engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When re-placing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in “Changeintervals”.

WTI0082



Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using engine oil and filtersthat are not of the specified quality, or exceedingrecommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use of incor-rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the NISSAN new vehicle warranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes:

● repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures

● driving in dusty conditions

● extensive idling

● towing a trailer

● stop and go commuting

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

● SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for alltemperatures. SAE 10W-30 or SAE10W-40 viscosity oils may be used if theambient temperature is above 0°F (-18°C).

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,NISSAN A/C system oil Type R or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubri-cant will cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will require thereplacement of all air conditioner systemcomponents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affect theearth’s atmosphere, certain government regula-tions require the recovery and recycling of anyrefrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys-tem service. A NISSAN dealer has the trainedtechnicians and equipment needed to recoverand recycle your air conditioner system refriger-ant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your airconditioner system.

ATI1028



ENGINE

Model QG18DE QR25DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 4-cylinder in-line 4-cylinder in-lineBore x Stroke in (mm) 3.150 x 3.465 (80. x 88.0) 3.504 x 3.937 (89.0 x 100.0)Displacement cu in (cm3) 107.94 (1769) 151.8 (2488)Firing order 1–3–4–2 1–3–4–2

Idle speed rpmIgnition timing degree (B.T.D.C.) at idle speed

degree/rpm See the “Emission Control Information label” on the underside of thehood.

CO percentage at idle speed[No air]

%

Platinum-tipped type Platinum-tipped typeSpark plug Hot PLFR4A-11 *1 PLFR4A-11 *1

Standard PLFR5A-11 *1 PLFR5A-11 *1Cold PLFR6A-11 *1 PLFR6A-11 *1

Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) 0.043 (1.1)

Generator belt size 0.843 x 32.28 (21.4 x 820)Width x Length in (mm) 0.843 x 43.7 (21.4 x 1110) *2 0.843 x 88.46 (21.4 x 2247)

*1: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.*2: With air conditionerThe spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

SPECIFICATIONS



WHEELS AND TIRES

WheelsDimension

Offsetin (mm)

Road wheel

15” steel w/bolt-on cover 15 x 6JJ

15” aluminum alloy 15 x 6JJ 1.77 (45)



Conventional tire size

P195/60R/15 15 x 6JJ

P195/55R/16 16 x 6JJ

P215/45ZR17 17 x 7JJ

Spare tire size

T115/70*14 14 x 4T

T125/70*15 15 x 4T

T135/90*15 15 x 4T

T135/70*17 —

*: “R” or “D” depending on tire manufacturer

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

SENTRA

Overall length in (mm) 177.5(4508)

Overall width in (mm) 67.3(1710)

Overall height in (mm) 55.5(1410)

Front tread 15/16 inch in (mm) 57.9(1470)

17 inch in (mm) 57.7(1466)

Rear tread 15/16 inch in (mm) 57.3(1455)

17 inch in (mm) 56.9(1446)

Wheelbase in (mm) 99.8(2535)

Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg) See the “F.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel” on the cen-ter pillar betweenthe driver’s sidefront and reardoors.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)



When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-hicle in another country, you should first findout if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi-cle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline. There-fore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas whereappropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-sion control and safety standards vary accordingto the country, state, province or district; there-fore, vehicle specifications may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsibil-ity of the user. NISSAN is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number (VIN) plate isattached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The vehicle identification number is located asshown.

TI1050M LTI0007

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGYOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHERCOUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION



ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine as shown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABELThe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (F.M-.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown.This label contains valuable vehicle information,such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month andyear of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Num-ber (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

QG18DE engine

WTI0042

QR25DE engineWTI0043 WTI0012



EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label is at-tached as shown.

TIRE PLACARDThe cold tire pressure is shown on the tire plac-ard. The tire placard is located as shown.

WTI0044Type A

WTI0012

Type B

WTI0045



AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label is affixed asshown.

Use the following steps to mount the front licenseplate:

s1 Make holes on the plastic finisher at thelocation mark (small dimple) using a 0.31 in(8 mm) drill. Apply light pressure to the drill.Install the license plate holder using the twoscrews provided with the holder.

s2 Mount the license plate using two M6-14mm bolts.

License plate bolt tightening torque:3.8 - 4.7 ft-lb (5.10 - 6.37 N·m)

WTI0046

WTI0076

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE



WARNING

● It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside a vehicle. Ina collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed.

● Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

● Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself withthe following terms before loading yourvehicle:

● Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment, flu-ids, emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not in-clude passengers and cargo.

● GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

● GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other optionalequipment. This information is lo-cated on the F.M.V.S.S. label.

● GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S. label.

● GCWR (Gross Combined Weightrating) - The maximum total weightrating of the vehicle, passengers,cargo, and trailer.

● Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the ve-hicle. This is the maximum combinedweight of occupants and cargo thatcan be loaded into the vehicle. If the

vehicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load. Thisinformation is located on the Tire andLoading Information label (if soequipped).

● Cargo capacity - permissible weightof cargo, the subtracted weight ofoccupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your ve-hicle shown as 9The combined weight ofoccupants and cargo9 on the Tire andLoading Information label (if soequipped). Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as 9Seating Capacity9on Tire and Loading Information label (ifso equipped).

To get 9the combined weight of occu-pants and cargo9, add the weight of alloccupants, then add the total luggageweight. Examples are shown below.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION



Steps for determining correct loadlimit

1. Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX pounds”on your vehicle’s tire placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX ki-lograms or XXX pounds.

4. The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if theXXX amount equals 1400 lbs. andthere will be five 150 lb. passengersin your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 * 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargo andluggage load capacity calculated inStep 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be trans-ferred to your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how this re-duces the available cargo and lug-gage load capacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthe you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.See “Measurement of Weights” later inthis section.

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading label.

WTI0091



LOADING TIPS

● The GVW must not exceed GVWRor GAWR as specified on the F.M-.V.S.S. certification label.

● Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

● Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

● Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehiclecan break, tire damage could oc-cur, or it can change the way yourvehicle handles. This could resultin loss of control and cause per-sonal injury.

● Overloading not only can shortenthe life of your vehicle and thetire, but can also cause unsafevehicle handling and longer brak-ing distances. This may cause apremature tire failure whichcould result in a serious accidentand personal injury. Failurescaused by overloading are notcovered by the vehicle’swarranty.

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

● Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy loadfor the first 500 miles (800 km). Yourengine, axle or other parts could bedamaged.

● For the first 500 miles (800 km) that youtow a trailer, do not drive over 50 mph(80 km/h) and do not make starts at fullthrottle. This helps the engine and otherparts of your vehicle wear in at theheavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri-marily to carry passengers and cargo. Rememberthat towing a trailer places additional loads onyour vehicle’s engine, drive train, steering, brak-ing and other systems.

TOWING A TRAILER



MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITSMaximum trailer loadsNever allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the Towing Load/SpecificationChart found later in this section. The total trailerload equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight.

Towing loads greater than specified or usingimproper towing equipment could adversely af-fect vehicle handling, braking and performance.The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, but alsothe places you plan to tow. Tow weights appro-priate for level highway driving may have to bereduced on very steep grades or in low tractionsituations (for example, on slippery boat ramps).

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures is not covered byNISSAN warranties.

Tongue loadKeep the tongue load between 9 - 11 percent ofthe total trailer load within the maximum tongueload limits shown in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart. If the tongue load be-comes excessive, rearrange cargo to allow forproper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicle weight/maximum gross axle weightThe gross vehicle weight of the towing vehiclemust not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) shown on the F. M. V. S. S. certificationlabel. The gross vehicle weight equals the com-bined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passen-gers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and anyother optional equipment. In addition, front or reargross axle weight must not exceed the gross axleweight rating (GAWR) shown on the F. M. V. S. S.certification label.

CA0009 TI1012M



TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

TOWING LOAD / SPECIFICATION

UNIT: lb (kg)

MAXIMUM TOWINGLOAD

1,000 (454)

MAXIMUM TONGUELOAD

110 (49)

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer.A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available fromyour NISSAN dealer (Canada only). Make surethe trailer hitch is securely attached to the ve-hicle, to help avoid personal injury or propertydamage due to sway caused by crosswinds,rough road surfaces or passing trucks.

Hitch ball

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weightrating for your trailer:

● The required hitch ball size is stamped onmost trailer couplers. Most hitch balls alsohave the size printed on the top of the ball.

● Choose the proper class hitch ball based onthe trailer weight.

● The diameter of the threaded shank of thehitch ball must be matched to the ball mounthole diameter. The hitch ball shank shouldbe no more than 1/16” smaller than the holein the ball mount.

● The threaded shank of the hitch ball must belong enough to be properly secured to theball mount. There should be at least 2threads showing beyond the lock washerand nut.

Sway control device

Sway control devices are used to help control theeffects of sudden maneuvers, wind gusts, andbuffeting caused by other vehicles. Make sure thesway control device is compatible with the trail-er’s brake system.

Class I hitch

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailersof a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (909 kg).

You may add Class I trailer hitch equipment to thevehicle that has a 2,000 lb (909 kg) maximumweight rating, but your vehicle is only capable of

towing the maximum trailer weights shown in theTowing Load/Specification Chart earlier in thissection.

CAUTION

● Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

● The hitch should not be attached to oraffect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

● Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys-tem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.

● To reduce the possibility of additionaldamage if your vehicle is struck fromthe rear, where practical, remove thehitch and/or receiver when not in use.

● After the hitch is removed, seal the boltholes to prevent exhaust fumes, wateror dust from entering the passengercompartment.

● Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securely mounted.



Tire pressures

● When towing a trailer, inflate the ve-hicle tires to the recommended coldtire pressure indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

● Trailer tire condition, size, load ratingand proper inflation pressure shouldbe in accordance with the trailer andtire manufacturer’s specifications.

Safety chains

Always use suitable safety chains between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chains shouldbe crossed and should be attached to the hitch,not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Be sure to leaveenough slack in the chains to permit turningcorners.

Trailer lights

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially available power-type module/converter must be used toprovide power for all trailer lighting. Thisunit uses the vehicle battery as a directpower source for all trailer lights whileusing the vehicle tail light, stoplight andturn signal circuits as a signal source. Themodule/converter must draw no morethat 15 milliamps from the stop and taillamp circuits. Using a module/converterthat exceeds these power requirementsmay damage the vehicle’s electrical sys-tem. See a reputable trailer dealer to ob-tain the proper equipment and to have itinstalled.

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. For assistance in hooking uptrailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer or repu-table trailer dealer.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system di-rectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

● Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded and/or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if ithas an abnormal nose-up or nose-downcondition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other possiblecauses of either condition.

● Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

● Load the trailer so approximately 60% of thetrailer load is in the front half and 40% is inthe back half.

● Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, ve-hicle tire pressure, trailer light operation, andtrailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach atrailer to the vehicle.

● Be certain your rearview mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing beforedriving the vehicle.



Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding of thevehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,stopping and backing up in an area which is freefrom traffic. Steering stability and braking perfor-mance will be somewhat different than undernormal driving conditions.

● Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

● Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

● Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

● Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed. Some states or provinces have spe-cific speed limits for vehicles that are towingtrailers. Obey the local speed limits.

● When backing up, hold the bottom of thesteering wheel with one hand. Move yourhand in the direction in which you want thetrailer to go. Make small corrections andback up slowly. If possible, have someoneguide you when you are backing up.

● Always block the wheels on both vehicle andtrailer when parking. Parking on a slope is notrecommended; however, if you must do so,and if your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic transmission, first block the wheels andapply the parking brake, and then move the

transmission shift selector lever into the P(Park) position. If you move the shift selectorlever to the P (Park) position before blockingthe wheels and applying the parking brake,transmission damage could occur.

● When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When going up a long grade, downshift thetransmission to a lower gear and reducespeed to reduce chances of engine over-loading and/or overheating.

● If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditionersystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

● Trailer towing requires more fuel than normalcircumstances.

● Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’s first500 miles (805 km).

● For the first 500 miles that you do tow, donot drive over 50 MPH (80 km/h).

● Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedMaintenance Schedule in the “NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide”.

● When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

● Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-ing vehicle sway. When being passed bylarger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affect ve-hicle handling. If swaying does occur, firmlygrip the steering wheel, steer straight ahead,and immediately (but gradually) reduce ve-hicle speed. This combination will help sta-bilize the vehicle. Never increase speed.

● Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requires con-siderably more distance than normal pass-ing. Remember, the length of the trailer mustalso pass the other vehicle before you cansafely change lanes.

● To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do not use5th gear (manual transmission) or overdrive(automatic transmission).

● Avoid holding the brake pedal down too longor too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.



● Increase your following distance to allow forgreater stopping distances while towing atrailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

● Do not use cruise control while towing atrailer.

● Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness con-nections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50miles (80 km) of travel and at every break.

● When stopped in traffic for long periods oftime in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P(Park) position.

When towing a trailer, transmissionoil/fluid should be changed more fre-quently. For additional information, see the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing a vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle, such as a motorhome.

CAUTION

● Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

● Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

● DO NOT tow any automatic transmis-sion vehicle with all four wheels on theground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission partsdue to lack of transmission lubrication.

● For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by NISSAN”in the “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

Automatic TransmissionTo tow a vehicle equipped with an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dolly MUSTbe placed under the towed vehicle’s drivewheels. Always follow the dolly manufacturer’srecommendations when using their product.

Manual Transmission● Always tow with the manual transmission in

Neutral.

● After towing 500 miles (805 km), start andidle the engine with the transmission in Neu-tral for two minutes. Failure to idle the engineafter every 500 miles (805 km) of towingmay cause damage to internal transmissionparts.

DOT (Department of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicable onthe tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative rating basedon tire wear rate when tested under controlledconditions on specified government test courses.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand a half (1-1/2) times as well on the govern-ment course as a tire graded 100. However,relative tire performance depends on actual driv-ing conditions, and may vary significantly due tovariations in driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea-sured under controlled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of asphalt and con-crete. A tire marked C may have poor tractionperformance.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING



WARNING

The traction grade assigned to your ve-hicle tires is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hydroplan-ing or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

Temperature grades are A (the highest), B, andC. They represent a tire’s resistance to heatbuild-up, and its ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditions on a specifiedindoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high tem-perature can cause tire material to degenerate,reducing tire life. Excessive temperatures canlead to sudden tire failure. Grade C correspondsto a performance level which all passenger cartires must meet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No. 109. Grades A and B rep-resent higher levels of performance on laboratorytest wheels than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either sepa-rately or in combination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible tire failure.

Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the followingemission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor-mation Booklet which comes with your NISSANvehicle. If you did not receive a Warranty Informa-tion Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a re-placement by writing to:

● Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, CA 90248-0191

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor-mation Booklet which comes with your NISSANvehicle. If you did not receive a Warranty Informa-tion Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a re-placement by writing to:

● Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has a de-fect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immedi-ately inform the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) in addi-tion to notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the AutoSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236. You may also write to: NHTSA,U.S. Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C. 20590. You can alsoobtain other information about motor ve-hicle safety from the Hotline.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (USonly)



Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may be re-quired to be in what is called the “ready condi-tion” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ofthe emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when itis driven through certain driving patterns. Usually,the ready condition can be obtained by ordinaryusage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready” condition. Before taking theI/M test, check the vehicle’sinspection/maintenance test readiness condi-tion. Turn the ignition switch ON without startingthe engine. If the Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and thenblinks for 10 seconds , the I/M test condition is9not ready9. If the MIL does not blink after 20seconds, the I/M test condition is 9ready.9 If theMIL indicates the vehicle is in a 9not ready9 con-dition, drive the vehicle through the followingpattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition. Ifyou cannot or do not want to perform the drivingpattern, a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to traffic con-ditions and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine when the engine coolanttemperature gauge needle points to C. Al-low the engine to idle until the gauge needlepoints between the C and H (normal oper-ating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and keep it released for atleast 10 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speed of53 - 60 MPH (86 - 96 km/h) for at least 9minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h)and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h)and maintain the speed for at least 3 min-utes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmission se-lector lever in the P (Park) or N (Neutral)position.

9. Turn the engine off.

10. Repeat steps 1 - 8 at least one more time.

If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode is accept-able between steps. Do not stop the engine untilstep 7 is completed.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST



Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of comput-ers that monitor and control a number of systemsto optimize performance and help service techni-cians with diagnosis and repair. Depending onthe equipment on your vehicle, some of the com-puters monitor emission control systems, brakingsystems, engine systems, transmission systems,tire pressure systems, and airbag systems. Somedata about vehicle operation may be stored in thecomputers for use during servicing. Other datamay be stored if a crash event occurs. For ex-ample, air bag readiness, air bag performance,and seat belt use by the driver or passenger maybe recorded, depending on vehicle equipment.These types of systems are sometimes calledEvent Data Recorders.

Special equipment can be used to access theelectronic data that may be stored in the vehicle’scomputers (sounds are not recorded). NISSANand NISSAN dealers have equipment to accesssome of this data; others may also have thisequipment. The data may be retrieved duringroutine vehicle servicing or for special research. Itmight also be accessed with the consent of thevehicle owner or lessee, in response to a requestby law enforcement, or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS



A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information for yourvehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illustrationsand step-by-step diagnostic and adjustment pro-cedures, this manual is the same one used by thefactory trained technicians working at NISSANdealerships. Also available are genuine NISSANOwner’s Manuals, and genuine NISSAN Serviceand Owner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 modelyear and later contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 modelyear and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

Resolve Corporation20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION



For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals for this model yearand prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

Resolve Corporation20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser-vice Manual or Owner’s Manual please contactyour nearest NISSAN dealer. For the phone num-ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your areacall the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa-tive will assist you.

Also available are genuine NISSAN Service andOwner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this unlikelyevent, there is some important information youshould know.

Many insurance companies routinely authorizethe use of non-genuine collision parts in order tocut costs, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of genuine NISSANcollision parts!If you want your vehicle to be restored using partsmade to NISSAN’s original exacting specifica-tions – if you want to help it to last and hold itsresale value, the solution is simple. Tell yourinsurance agent and your repair shop toonly use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts.NISSAN does not warrant non-NISSAN parts,nor does NISSAN’s warranty apply to damagecaused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warranty pro-tection and maintain the resale value of yourvehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, usingGenuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un-necessary excess wear and tear expenses at theend of your lease.

NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones tominimize the risk that the hood will penetrate thewindshield of your vehicle in an accident. Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not provide suchbuilt-in safeguards. Also, non-genuine parts of-ten show premature wear, rust and corrosion.

Why should you take a chance?In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used to repairyour vehicle. And some states have enacted lawsthat restrict insurance companies from authoriz-ing the use of non-genuine collision parts duringthe new vehicle warranty. These laws help pro-tect you, so you can take action to protect your-self.

It’s your right!If you should need further information visit us at:www.nissanusa.com.




MEMO

10 Index

A

Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . .1-43, 2-11Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation. . . . . . . . . . .4-5Air conditioner service . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9Air conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubrication recommendations . . . . . . . .9-6Heater and air conditioner controls . . . . .4-2Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . .4-9

Air flow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6Alarm system(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . .2-13Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . .5-18Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-9Audible reminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10

Compact Disc (CD) changer . . . . . . .4-17Compact disc (CD) player . . . . . . . . .4-15FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10

AutomaticAutomatic power window switch . . . . .2-27Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) . . . .8-14

Driving with automatic transmission. . . . .5-7Transmission selector lever lock release . .5-9

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6Belts (See drive belts) . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . .5-18Brake booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . . .8-35Brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9Brake wear indicators . . . . . . . .2-12, 8-28Parking brake check . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . .5-13Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28

Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . . . .2-9Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19Cargo (See vehicle loading information) . . .9-13CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18CD changer (See audio system). . . . . . . .4-17CD player (See audio system) . . . . . . . . .4-15Check engine indicator light(See malfunction indicator lamp) . . . . . . .2-11Child restraint with top tether strap . . . . . .1-23Child restraints . . . . . . . .1-8, 1-9, 1-14, 1-22

Precautions on child restraints . . .1-14, 1-27Top tether strap anchor point locations . .1-24

Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . . . .7-2Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13Clutch

Clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Coin box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Compact disc (CD) player . . . . . . . . . . .4-15Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24Controls

Heater and air conditioner controls . . . . .4-2Coolant

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . .8-9


Checking engine coolant level. . . . . . . .8-8Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-7

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23

D

Daytime running light system(Canada only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Defogger switch

Rear window defogger switch . . . . . . .2-17Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Door open warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Driving

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Driving with automatic transmission. . . . .5-7Driving with manual transmission . . . . .5-10Precautions when starting and driving . . .5-2

E

Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Emission control information label . . . . . . .9-11Emission control system warranty . . . . . . .9-21Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . .5-6Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . .8-9Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-13Checking engine coolant level. . . . . . . .8-8

Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . .8-11Engine compartment check locations. . . .8-8Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-7Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . .9-5Engine oil pressure warning light . . . . .2-10Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6

Event data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . .5-2

F

Flashers (Seehazard warning flasher switch) . . . . . . . . .2-20Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) . . . .8-14Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Power steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18

F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . .9-10Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Folding rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

FuelCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Fuel filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Fuel filler lid and cap . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Fuel filler lid lock opener lever . . . . . . .3-12Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29

G

Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-7Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24

H

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . .2-20Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Headlight aiming adjustment . . . . . . . . . .8-33Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . .2-18

10-2


Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Heater

Heater and air conditioner controls . . . . .4-2Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4

Hood release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21

I

Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . .2-15, 3-2, 5-5Important vehicle information label. . . . . . .9-10In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . .2-19Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Interior trunk lid release. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Keyfob battery replacement . . . . . . . . . .8-31

Keyless entry system (Seeremote keyless entry system) . . . . . . . . . .3-6

L

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12Emission control information label . . . . .9-11Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . .9-9Warning labels (for SRS). . . . . . . . . .1-42

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22License plate

Installing the license plate . . . . . . . . .9-12Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-43, 2-11Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . . .8-35Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . .2-9Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Headlight aiming adjustment . . . . . . . .8-33Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . .2-18Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-18Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Light bulbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Low washer fluid warning light . . . . . . .2-10Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . .2-30Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

LightsMap lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30

LockChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-5Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Fuel filler lid lock opener lever . . . . . . .3-12Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Trunk lid lock opener lever . . . . . . . . .3-10

Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Low washer fluid warning light . . . . . . . . .2-10Luggage (See vehicleloading information). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . .8-5Outside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . . . .8-4

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). . . . . . . .2-11Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . .1-2Manual windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Map pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-19Mirror

Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14

Multi-remote control system (See remotekeyless entry system). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

10-3


N

NISSAN vehicle immobilizersystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15, 3-2, 5-5

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) . . . . .9-4Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-13Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . .8-11Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . .9-5Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15Overdrive switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . .6-10Owner’s manual order form . . . . . . . . . .9-24Owner’s manual/service manual orderinformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24

P

ParkingParking brake check . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . .5-13Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

PowerPower door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Power steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27

PrecautionsMaintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . .8-5Precautions on child restraints . . .1-14, 1-27Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-6Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32Precautions when starting and driving . . .5-2

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . .4-19Compact Disc (CD) changer . . . . . . .4-17FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12

Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4Rear window defogger switch . . . . . . . . .2-17Recorders

Event data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . . . .9-6Registering your vehicle in another country. . .9-9Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . .3-6Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . .9-21

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-5Child seat belts . . . . . . . . . . .1-14, 1-27Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .9-21

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-2

Seat beltChild safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8Infants and small children . . . . . . . . . .1-9Injured Person. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-6Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-13Three-point type with retractor. . . . . . .1-10

Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-2Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

Security system (NISSAN vehicle immobilizersystem), engine start. . . . . . . . .2-15, 3-2, 5-5Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Service manual order form . . . . . . . . . . .9-24Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9Shift lock release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Shifting

Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . .5-8Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

10-4


Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . .1-13Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . . .2-30SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42Starting

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . .5-6Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7Precautions when starting and driving . . .5-2Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6

SteeringPower steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Tilting steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14

Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25Sunglasses case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28Supplemental air bag warning light . . .1-43, 2-11Supplemental restraint system

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system). . . . . . . . .1-32Switch

Automatic power window switch . . . . .2-27Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . .2-20Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . .2-18Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-18Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Overdrive switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Rear window defogger switch . . . . . . .2-17

Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-16

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-7Theft (NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system),engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15, 3-2, 5-5Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2Tilting steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Spare tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3, 8-47Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-45Tire placard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-45Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . .9-20Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38

Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . .1-23Towing

Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15

TransmissionAutomatic transmission fluid (ATF) . . . .8-14Driving with automatic transmission. . . . .5-7Driving with manual transmission . . . . .5-10Selector lever lock release. . . . . . . . . .5-9

Travel (See registering your vehiclein another country) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Trunk access through the rear seat . . . . . . .1-4Trunk lid lock opener lever . . . . . . . . . . .3-10Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19

U

Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . . . .9-20

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . .9-9Vehicle loading information. . . . . . . . . . .9-13Vehicle recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Vehicle security system (NISSAN vehicleimmobilizer system), engine start . .2-15, 3-2, 5-5Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2

W

WarningAir bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-43, 2-11Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . .2-9Battery charge warning light . . . . . . . .2-10Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9Door open warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-10Engine oil pressure warning light . . . . .2-10

10-5


Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . .2-20Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Low washer fluid warning light . . . . . . .2-10Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . .2-13Warning labels (for SRS). . . . . . . . . .1-42Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9Washer switch

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-16Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38When traveling or registering your vehiclein another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Windows

Locking passengers’ windows . . . . . . .2-27Manual windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . .2-16Wiper

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-16Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26

10-6


MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

RECOMMENDED FUEL:For 1.8L/2.5L engines


For SE-R SPEC V


For improved performance, NISSAN recom-mends the use of unleaded premium gasolinewith an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number(Research octane number 96).

CAUTION

● Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affect thewarranty coverage.

● Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants in the “Technicaland consumer information” section.

RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL:● API Certification Mark

● API grade SG/SH Energy Conserving I & IIor API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving

● ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III

● 5W-30 Viscosity preferred

See “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” inthe “Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

TIRE COLD PRESSURE:See tire placard.

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of vehicleuse, follow the recommendations outlined in the“BREAK-IN SCHEDULE” information found inthe “Starting and driving” section of this manual.Follow these recommendations for the future re-liability and economy of your new vehicle. Failureto follow these recommendations may result invehicle damage or shortened engine life.

GAS STATION INFORMATION


1. Engine coolant 8-8

2. Window washer fluid 8-18

3. Engine oil 8-11

4. Passenger supplemental air bag 1-32

5. Driver supplemental air bag 1-32

6. Spare tire 6-2

7. Fuel recommendation 9-3

8. Seat belts 1-6

9. Door locks 3-3

10. Seats 1-2

11. Fuel-filler door release 3-12

12. Trunk lid release 3-10

13. Meters and gauges 2-3

14. Hood release 3-9

15. Audio system 4-10,Heater and air conditioner 4-2

WGS0014

QUICK REFERENCE


Documents

2005 Nissan Sentra Owners Manual